Commit Graph

16558 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Mohamad Haj Yahia
0ac3ea7089 net/mlx5: Make the command interface cache more flexible
Add more cache command size sets and more entries for each set based on
the current commands set different sizes and commands frequency.

Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-18 12:08:56 -05:00
Edward Cree
46d1efd852 sfc: remove Software TSO
It gives no advantage over GSO now that xmit_more exists.  If we find
 ourselves unable to handle a TSO skb (because our TXQ doesn't have a
 TSOv2 context and the NIC doesn't support TSOv1), hand it back to GSO.
 Also do that if the TSO handler fails with EINVAL for any other reason.
As Falcon-architecture NICs don't support any firmware-assisted TSO,
 they no longer advertise TSO feature flags at all.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-18 11:55:38 -05:00
Edward Cree
e638ee1d0a sfc: handle failure to allocate TSOv2 contexts
If we fail to init the TXQ because of insufficient TSOv2 contexts,
try again with TSOv2 disabled.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-18 11:55:38 -05:00
Bert Kenward
e9117e5099 sfc: Firmware-Assisted TSO version 2
Add support for FATSOv2 to the driver. FATSOv2 offloads far more of the task
 of TCP segmentation to the firmware, such that we now just pass a single
 super-packet to the NIC. This means TSO has a great deal in common with a
 normal DMA transmit, apart from adding a couple of option descriptors.
 NIC-specific checks have been moved off the fast path and in to
 initialisation where possible.

This also moves FATSOv1/SWTSO to a new file (tx_tso.c).  The end of transmit
 and some error handling is now outside TSO, since it is common with other
 code.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-18 11:55:38 -05:00
Edward Cree
e17705c43b sfc: Update EF10 register definitions
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-18 11:55:37 -05:00
Edward Cree
ece0cc1793 sfc: Update MCDI protocol definitions
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-18 11:55:37 -05:00
Bjorn Helgaas
c19e4b9037 net/mlx4_core: Use device ID defines
We added a bunch of new Mellanox device ID definitions because they'll be
used by INTx quirks.  Use them in the mlx4 ID table also so grep can find
both places.  No functional change intended.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
2016-11-17 17:11:17 -06:00
LABBE Corentin
b3e5106962 net: stmmac: replace if (netif_msg_type) by their netif_xxx counterpart
As sugested by Joe Perches, we could replace all
if (netif_msg_type(priv)) dev_xxx(priv->devices, ...)
by the simpler macro netif_xxx(priv, hw, priv->dev, ...)

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-17 13:30:30 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
de9a2165a5 net: stmmac: replace hardcoded function name by __func__
Some printing have the function name hardcoded.
It is better to use __func__ instead.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-17 13:30:30 -05:00
LABBE Corentin
38ddc59d65 net: stmmac: replace all pr_xxx by their netdev_xxx counterpart
The stmmac driver use lots of pr_xxx functions to print information.
This is bad since we cannot know which device logs the information.
(moreover if two stmmac device are present)

Furthermore, it seems that it assumes wrongly that all logs will always
be subsequent by using a dev_xxx then some indented pr_xxx like this:
kernel: sun7i-dwmac 1c50000.ethernet: no reset control found
kernel:  Ring mode enabled
kernel:  No HW DMA feature register supported
kernel:  Normal descriptors
kernel:  TX Checksum insertion supported

So this patch replace all pr_xxx by their netdev_xxx counterpart.
Excepts for some printing where netdev "cause" unpretty output like:
sun7i-dwmac 1c50000.ethernet (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): no reset control found
In those case, I keep dev_xxx.

In the same time I remove some "stmmac:" print since
this will be a duplicate with that dev_xxx displays.

Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-17 13:30:30 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
d30d9ccbfa net/mlx5e: remove napi_hash_del() calls
Calling napi_hash_del() after netif_napi_del() is pointless.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-17 12:06:20 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
bb07fafaec net/mlx4_en: remove napi_hash_del() call
There is no need calling napi_hash_del()+synchronize_rcu() before
calling netif_napi_del()

netif_napi_del() does this already.

Using napi_hash_del() in a driver is useful only when dealing with
a batch of NAPI structures, so that a single synchronize_rcu() can
be used. mlx4_en_deactivate_cq() is deactivating a single NAPI.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-17 11:17:05 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
e5f6f564fd bnxt: add a missing rcu synchronization
Add a missing synchronize_net() call to avoid potential use after free,
since we explicitly call napi_hash_del() to factorize the RCU grace
period.

Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:30:43 -05:00
Vadim Pasternak
d556e92916 mlxsw: minimal: Add I2C support for Mellanox ASICs
Add I2C access support for Mellanox ASICs:
- Virtual Protocol Interconnect switches SwitchX, SwitchX2,
  providing InfiniBand, Ethernet and Fibre Channel connectivity;
- Infiniband switches SwitchIB, SwitchIB2:
- Ethernet switch Spectrum.

Example of probing activation:
echo mlxsw_minimal 0x48 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-2/new_device

Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:29:04 -05:00
Vadim Pasternak
4ebd00bc5f mlxsw: Invoke driver's init/fini methods only if defined
We are going to add a minimal driver on top of the mlxsw core
infrastructure, which will be mainly used for hardware monitoring in
Baseboard management controller (BMC) installations.

Unlike the switch drivers (e.g., spectrum, switchx2), this driver does not
initialize the ASIC and therefore doesn't need to implement the init() and
fini() methods in its 'mlxsw_driver' struct.

Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:29:04 -05:00
Vadim Pasternak
6882b0aee1 mlxsw: Introduce support for I2C bus
Add I2C bus implementation for Mellanox Technologies Switch ASICs.
This includes command interface implementation using input / out mailboxes,
whose location is retrieved from the firmware during probe time.

Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:29:04 -05:00
Vadim Pasternak
c711e27a18 mlxsw: Add bus capability flag
The mlxsw core infrastructure currently assumes that communication with
the ASIC is always possible using Ethernet management datagrams (EMADs),
but this is only possible when the PCI bus is used.

The bus capability flag is added to indicate EMAD support and make core
initialize EMAD communication only when it's set. Otherwise, register
access is done using command interface.

Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:29:04 -05:00
Julia Lawall
d01eb808c7 net: netcp: replace IS_ERR_OR_NULL by IS_ERR
knav_queue_open always returns an ERR_PTR value, never NULL.  This can be
confirmed by unfolding the function calls and conforms to the function's
documentation.  Thus, replace IS_ERR_OR_NULL by IS_ERR in error checks.

The change is made using the following semantic patch:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

// <smpl>
@@
expression x;
statement S;
@@

x = knav_queue_open(...);
if (
-   IS_ERR_OR_NULL
+   IS_ERR
    (x)) S
// </smpl>

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:26:36 -05:00
Michael Chan
a011952a1a bnxt_en: Add ethtool -n|-N rx-flow-hash support.
To display and modify the RSS hash.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:11:07 -05:00
Michael Chan
87da7f796d bnxt_en: Add UDP RSS support for 57X1X chips.
The newer chips have proper support for 4-tuple UDP RSS.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:11:07 -05:00
Michael Chan
286ef9d64e bnxt_en: Enhance autoneg support.
On some dual port NICs, the speed setting on one port can affect the
available speed on the other port.  Add logic to detect these changes
and adjust the advertised speed settings when necessary.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:11:07 -05:00
Michael Chan
16d663a69f bnxt_en: Update firmware interface spec to 1.5.4.
Use the new FORCE_LINK_DWN bit to shutdown link during close.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 23:11:07 -05:00
Rafal Ozieblo
1629dd4f76 cadence: Add LSO support.
New Cadence GEM hardware support Large Segment Offload (LSO):
TCP segmentation offload (TSO) as well as UDP fragmentation
offload (UFO). Support for those features was added to the driver.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 17:54:55 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
5f00a8d8a2 cxgb4: do not call napi_hash_del()
Calling napi_hash_del() before netif_napi_del() is dangerous
if a synchronize_rcu() is not enforced before NAPI struct freeing.

Lets leave this detail to core networking stack and feel
more comfortable.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 17:06:51 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
ea339343d6 be2net: do not call napi_hash_del()
Calling napi_hash_del() before netif_napi_del() is dangerous
if a synchronize_rcu() is not enforced before NAPI struct freeing.

Lets leave this detail to core networking stack and feel
more comfortable.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Cc: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 17:06:51 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
08348995c4 netronome: don't access real_num_rx_queues directly
The netdev->real_num_rx_queues setting is only available if CONFIG_SYSFS
is enabled, so we now get a build failure when that is turned off:

netronome/nfp/nfp_net_common.c: In function 'nfp_net_ring_swap_enable':
netronome/nfp/nfp_net_common.c:2489:18: error: 'struct net_device' has no member named 'real_num_rx_queues'; did you mean 'real_num_tx_queues'?

As far as I can tell, the check here is only used as an optimization that
we can skip in order to fix the compilation. If sysfs is disabled,
the following netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() has no effect.

Fixes: 164d1e9e5d ("nfp: add support for ethtool .set_channels")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 17:05:48 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
973334a1d3 sfc: remove napi_hash_del() call
Calling napi_hash_del() after netif_napi_del() is pointless.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 17:04:49 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
d331d30360 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Adjust placement of FIB abort warning
The recent merge commit bb598c1b8c ("Merge
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net") would cause
the FIB abort warning to fire whenever we flush the FIB tables - either
during module removal or actual abort.

Move it back to its rightful location in the FIB abort function.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 15:18:01 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
1c1f619e45 amd-xgbe: Fix maximum GPIO value check
The GPIO support in the hardware allows for up to 16 GPIO pins, enumerated
from 0 to 15.  The driver uses the wrong value (16) to validate the GPIO
pin range in the routines to set and clear the GPIO output pins.  Update
the code to use the correct value (15).

Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:57:44 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
5e4cbaa7fb amd-xgbe: Fix possible uninitialized variable
The debugfs support in the driver uses a common routine to write the
debugfs values. In this routine, if the input file position is non-zero
then the write routine will not return an error and an output parameter
will not have been set. Because an error isn't returned an uninitialized
value will be written into a register.

Fix the common write routine to return an error if the input file position
is non-zero, which will propagate back to the caller.

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:57:44 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
13f0ac4109 net: ethernet: marvell: pxa168_eth: Implement ethtool::nway_reset
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:44:01 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
00606c4986 net: ethernet: mvpp2: Implement ethtool::nway_reset
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:44:01 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
5489ee8976 net: ethernet: mvneta: Implement ethtool::nway_reset
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:44:01 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
3d3ba5685e net: ethoc: Implement ethtool::nway_reset
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:44:00 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
cab247e9df net: stmmac: Implement ethtool::nway_reset
Utilize the generic phy_ethtool_nway_reset() helper function to
implement an autonegotiation restart.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:44:00 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
80f1c21c53 bnx2x: switch to napi_complete_done()
Switch from napi_complete() to napi_complete_done()
for better GRO support (gro_flush_timeout) and core NAPI
features.

Do not rearm interrupts if we are busy polling,
to reduce bus and interrupts overhead.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:40:58 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
2e71328375 net/mlx4_en: use napi_complete_done() return value
Do not rearm interrupts if we are busy polling.

mlx4 uses separate CQ for TX and RX, so number of TX interrupts
does not change, unfortunately.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:40:58 -05:00
Sunil Goutham
c94acf805d net: thunderx: Fix memory leak and other issues upon interface toggle
This patch fixes the following
1. When interface is being teardown and queues are being cleaned up,
   free pending SKBs that are in SQ which are either not transmitted
   or freed as NAPI is disabled by that time.
2. While interface initialization, delay CFG_DONE notification till
   the end to avoid corner cases where TXQs are enabled but CQ
   interrupts are not which results blocking transmission and kicking
   off watchdog.
3. Check for IFF_UP while re-enabling RBDR interrupts from tasklet.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:28:33 -05:00
Sunil Goutham
964cb69bdc net: thunderx: Fix VF driver's interface statistics
This patch fixes multiple issues
1. Convert all driver statistics to percpu counters for accuracy.
2. To avoid multiple CQEs posted by a TSO packet appended to HW,
   TSO pkt's SQE has 'post_cqe' not set but a dummy SQE is added
   for getting HW transmit completion notification. This dummy
   SQE has 'dont_send' set and HW drops the pkt pointed to in this
   thus Tx drop counter increases. This patch fixes this by subtracting
   SW tx tso counter from HW Tx drop counter for actual packet drop counter.
3. Reset all individual queue's and VNIC HW stats when interface is going down.
4. Getrid off unnecessary counters in hot path.
5. Bringout all CQE error stats i.e both Rx and Tx.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:28:33 -05:00
Sunil Goutham
cadcf95a4f net: thunderx: Fix configuration of L3/L4 length checking
This patch fixes enabling of HW verification of L3/L4 length and
TCP/UDP checksum which is currently being cleared. Also fixed VLAN
stripping config which is being cleared when multiqset is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:28:33 -05:00
Sunil Goutham
712c318534 net: thunderx: Program LMAC credits based on MTU
Programming LMAC credits taking 9K frame size by default is incorrect
as for an interface which is one of the many on the same BGX/QLM
no of credits available will be less as Tx FIFO will be divided
across all interfaces. So let's say a BGX with 40G interface and another
BGX with multiple 10G, bandwidth of 10G interfaces will be effected when
traffic is running on both 40G and 10G interfaces simultaneously.

This patch fixes this issue by programming credits based on netdev's MTU.
Also fixed configuring MTU to HW and added CQE counter for pkts which
exceed this value.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:28:33 -05:00
Radha Mohan Chintakuntla
612e94bd99 net: thunderx: Introduce BGX_ID_MASK macro to extract bgx_id
This patch fixes the 'bgx_id' determination on 83xx where there are
4 BGX blocks instead of 2 on other platforms.

Signed-off-by: Radha Mohan Chintakuntla <rchintakuntla@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-16 13:28:33 -05:00
Nicolas Pitre
d1cbfd771c ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional
In order to break the hard dependency between the PTP clock subsystem and
ethernet drivers capable of being clock providers, this patch provides
simple PTP stub functions to allow linkage of those drivers into the
kernel even when the PTP subsystem is configured out. Drivers must be
ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() in that case.

And to make it possible for PTP to be configured out, the select statement
in those driver's Kconfig menu entries is converted to the new "imply"
statement. This way the PTP subsystem may have Kconfig dependencies of
its own, such as POSIX_TIMERS, without having to make those ethernet
drivers unavailable if POSIX timers are cconfigured out. And when support
for POSIX timers is selected again then the default config option for PTP
clock support will automatically be adjusted accordingly.

The pch_gbe driver is a bit special as it relies on extra code in
drivers/ptp/ptp_pch.c. Therefore we let the make process descend into
drivers/ptp/ even if PTP_1588_CLOCK is unselected.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Cc: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1478841010-28605-4-git-send-email-nicolas.pitre@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2016-11-16 09:26:34 +01:00
Tobias Regnery
d768319cd4 alx: enable multiple tx queues
Enable multiple tx queues by default based on the number of online cpus. The
hardware supports up to four tx queues.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
f58e0f7747 alx: enable msi-x interrupts by default
Remove the module parameter to enable msi-x support and enable msi-x
interrupts unconditionally by default. This is a preparatory step to enable
multi queue support by default, because this is only working with msi-x
interrupts.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
2e06826bc6 alx: prepare tx path for multi queue support
This patch prepares the tx path to send data on multiple tx queues. It
introduces per queue register adresses and uses them in the alx_tx_queue
structs.

There are new helper functions for the queue mapping in the tx path.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
a4076d347f alx: prepare resource allocation for multi queue support
Allocate, initialise and free alx_tx_queue structs based on the number of
alx_napi structures. Also increase the size of the descriptor memory based
on the number of tx queues in use.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
e0eac25460 alx: prepare interrupt functions for multiple queues
Extend the interrupt bringup code and the interrupt handler for msi-x
interrupts in order to handle multiple queues.

We must change the poll function because with multiple queues it is possible
that an alx_napi structure has only a tx or only a rx queue pointer.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
702e84185f alx: switch to per queue data structures
Remove the tx and rx queue structures from the alx_priv structure and switch
everything over to the queue pointers in the alx_napi structure.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
b0999223f2 alx: add ability to allocate and free alx_napi structures
Add new functions to allocate and free the alx_napi structures and use them
in __alx_open and __alx_stop. We only allocate one of these structures for
now, as the rest of the driver is not yet ready for multiple queues.

We switch over the setup of the interrupt mask and the call to netif_napi_add
to the new function because we must adjust these later on a per queue basis.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
bccffcf715 alx: extend data structures for multi queue support
Extend the driver data structures to be able to handle multiple queues.

Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Tobias Regnery
8c2a4c8efb alx: refactor descriptor allocation
Split the allocation of descriptor memory and the buffer allocation into a
tx and rx function. This is in preparation for multiple queues where we
need to iterate over the new functions.

While at it drop the unneeded casting on the rx side.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:46:30 -05:00
Madalin Bucur
eb11ddf36e dpaa_eth: add trace points
Add trace points on the hot processing path.

Signed-off-by: Ruxandra Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:34:25 -05:00
Madalin Bucur
846a86e201 dpaa_eth: add sysfs exports
Export Frame Queue and Buffer Pool IDs through sysfs.

Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:34:25 -05:00
Madalin Bucur
b0ce0d02e4 dpaa_eth: add ethtool statistics
Add a series of counters to be exported through ethtool:
- add detailed counters for reception errors;
- add detailed counters for QMan enqueue reject events;
- count the number of fragmented skbs received from the stack;
- count all frames received on the Tx confirmation path;
- add congestion group statistics;
- count the number of interrupts for each CPU.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:34:25 -05:00
Madalin Bucur
b0cdb1682b dpaa_eth: add ethtool functionality
Add support for basic ethtool operations.

Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:34:25 -05:00
Madalin Bucur
9ad1a37493 dpaa_eth: add support for DPAA Ethernet
This introduces the Freescale Data Path Acceleration Architecture
(DPAA) Ethernet driver (dpaa_eth) that builds upon the DPAA QMan,
BMan, PAMU and FMan drivers to deliver Ethernet connectivity on
the Freescale DPAA QorIQ platforms.

Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:34:25 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
97a2532660 liquidio CN23XX: fix for new check patch errors
New checkpatch script shows some errors with pre-existing
driver. This patch provides fix for those errors.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
50579d3d95 liquidio CN23XX: copyrights changes and alignment
Updated copyrights comments and also changed some other comments
alignments.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
763185a38b liquidio CN23XX: code cleanup
Cleaned up unnecessary comments and added some minor macros.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
515e752d2b liquidio CN23XX: device states
Cleaned up resource leaks during destroy resources by
introducing more device states.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
86dea55b9a liquidio CN23XX: VF related operations
Adds support for VF related operations like mac address vlan
and link changes.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
5d65556beb liquidio CN23XX: mailbox interrupt processing
Adds support for mailbox interrupt processing of various
commands.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
8c978d0592 liquidio CN23XX: Mailbox support
Adds support for mailbox communication between PF and VF.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
ca6139ffc6 liquidio CN23XX: sysfs VF config support
Adds sysfs based support for enabling or disabling VFs.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Raghu Vatsavayi
d13520c7ca liquidio CN23XX: HW config for VF support
Adds support for configuring HW for creating VFs.

Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:24:40 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
8c5385cbb0 amd-xgbe: Fix up some coccinelle identified warnings
Fix up some warnings that were identified by coccinelle:

Clean up an if/else block that can look confusing since the same statement
is executed in an "else if" check and the final "else" statement.

Change a variable from unsigned int to int since it is used in an if
statement checking the value to be less than 0.

Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:12:57 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
e6fbd47add amd-xgbe: Fix mask appliciation for Clause 37 register
The application of a mask to clear an area of a clause 37 register value
was not properly applied. Update the code to do the proper application
of the mask.

Reported-by: Marion & Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:12:57 -05:00
Michael Weiser
934d0048d0 net: ethernet: sun4i-emac: Read rxhdr in CPU byte-order
The EMAC EMAC_RX_IO_DATA_REG data register is dual-purpose: On one hand
it is used to move actual packet data off the wire. This will be in
wire-format and accepted as such by higher layers such as IP. Therefore
it is correctly read as-is (i.e. raw) using readsl.

On the other hand it provides metadata about incoming transfers to the
driver such as length and checksum validation status. This data is
little-endian, always and it is interpreted by the driver. Therefore it
needs to be swapped to CPU endianness to make sense to the driver. This
is already done for the "receive header" but not rxhdr.

Read rxhdr using readl in order for sun4i-emac to work correctly when
running a big-endian kernel.

Signed-off-by: Michael Weiser <michael.weiser@gmx.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:05:54 -05:00
Michael Weiser
b8ca3387fe net: ethernet: sun4i-emac: Allow to enable netif messages
sun4i-emac has the ability to print a number of diagnostic messages using
dev_dbg depending on message level settings implemented using netif_msg_*
macros. But there's no way to actually enable them.

Add the ability to switch diagnostic messages on using either a module
parameter debug or ethtool -s <netif> msglvl <flags>.

Signed-off-by: Michael Weiser <michael.weiser@gmx.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:05:54 -05:00
Michael Weiser
f8be0d78be net: ethernet: stmmac: change dma descriptors to __le32
The stmmac driver does not take into account the processor may be big
endian when writing the DMA descriptors. This causes the ethernet
interface not to be initialised correctly when running a big-endian
kernel. Change the descriptors for DMA to use __le32 and ensure they are
suitably swapped before writing. Tested successfully on the
Cubieboard2.

Signed-off-by: Michael Weiser <michael.weiser@gmx.de>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 22:05:54 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
0fa1dfd6b9 net: bcm63xx_enet: Fix build failure with phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Introduced a typo making the driver no longer build, *sigh*.

Fixes: 42469bf5d9 ("net: bcm63xx_enet: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 21:56:25 -05:00
Alexander Kochetkov
d0e3f65b34 net: arc_emac: don't pass multicast packets to kernel in non-multicast mode
The patch disable capturing multicast packets when multicast mode
disabled for ethernet ('ifconfig eth0 -multicast'). In that case
no multicast packet will be passed to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 19:58:13 -05:00
Alexander Kochetkov
c7a4e3d8c0 net: arc_emac: annonce IFF_MULTICAST support
Multicast support was implemented by commit 775dd682e2
('arc_emac: implement promiscuous mode and multicast filtering').

It can be enabled explicity using 'ifconfig eth0 multicast'.
The patch is needed in order to remove explicit configuration
as most devices has multicast mode enabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 19:58:13 -05:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
ee112c12eb stmmac: fix PTP type ethtool stats
This patch fixes the ethtool stats for PTP frames; previous
version does not take care about some message types: i.e.
announce, management and signaling. It also provided a
broken statistic in case of "No PTP message received".

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Acked-by: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 19:56:17 -05:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
ba1ffd74df stmmac: fix PTP support for GMAC4
Due to bad management of the descriptors, when use ptp4l,
kernel panics as shown below:
-----------------------------------------------------------
 Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual
 address 000001ac
 ...
 Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] SMP ARM
 ...
 Hardware name: STi SoC with Flattened Device Tree
 task: c0c05e80 task.stack: c0c00000
 PC is at dwmac4_wrback_get_tx_timestamp_status+0x0/0xc
 LR is at stmmac_tx_clean+0x2f8/0x4d4
-----------------------------------------------------------

In case of GMAC4 the extended descriptor pointers were
used for getting the timestamp. These are NULL for this HW,
and the normal ones must be used.

The PTP also had problems on this chip due to the bad
register management and issues on the algo adopted to
setup the PTP and getting the timestamp values from the
descriptors.

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Acked-by: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 19:56:17 -05:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
d2042052a0 stmmac: update the PTP header file
This patch is to update this file by using BIT macros, removing
not used defines and fixes some typos.

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Acked-by: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 19:56:17 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
08e10d4dd1 net: bnx2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 17:05:26 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
e3979ce98b net: ethernet: lantiq_etop: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Langer <Thomas.langer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
e06986fab3 net: ethernet: ucc: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
11d592890c net: fec: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
7c5ad3d9a8 net: fs_enet: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
016e770d87 net: bcmgenet: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
17fc4637fc net: ethernet: ixp4xx_eth: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
16250527b3 net: ethernet: ll_temac: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
8fd9ce0b76 net: ethernet: smsc9420: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
fe1eb9c5bb net: smsc911x: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
fc5e353cd1 net: mv643xx_eth: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
42469bf5d9 net: bcm63xx_enet: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
b3de7f36de net: nb8800: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 16:33:35 -05:00
Jia Jie Ho
f6c365fad1 net: ethernet: Fix SGMII unable to switch speed and autonego failure
TSE PCS SGMII ethernet has an issue where switching speed doesn't work
caused by a faulty register macro offset. This fixes the issue.

Signed-off-by: Jia Jie Ho <ho.jia.jie@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 12:06:24 -05:00
David S. Miller
bb598c1b8c Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Several cases of bug fixes in 'net' overlapping other changes in
'net-next-.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-15 10:54:36 -05:00
Ido Schimmel
ac571de999 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Flush FIB tables during fini
Since commit b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications
instead of switchdev calls") we reflect to the device the entire FIB
table and not only FIBs that point to netdevs created by the driver.

During module removal, FIBs of the second type are removed following
NETDEV_UNREGISTER events sent. The other FIBs are still present in both
the driver's cache and the device's table.

Fix this by iterating over all the FIB tables in the device and flush
them. There's no need to take locks, as we're the only writer.

Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 16:45:16 -05:00
Florian Fainelli
c51e424dc7 net: stmmac: Fix lack of link transition for fixed PHYs
Commit 52f95bbfcf ("stmmac: fix adjust link call in case of a switch
is attached") added some logic to avoid polling the fixed PHY and
therefore invoking the adjust_link callback more than once, since this
is a fixed PHY and link events won't be generated.

This works fine the first time, because we start with phydev->irq =
PHY_POLL, so we call adjust_link, then we set phydev->irq =
PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT and we stop polling the PHY.

Now, if we called ndo_close(), which calls both phy_stop() and does an
explicit netif_carrier_off(), we end up with a link down. Upon calling
ndo_open() again, despite starting the PHY state machine, we have
PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT set, and we generate no link event at all, so the
link is permanently down.

Fixes: 52f95bbfcf ("stmmac: fix adjust link call in case of a switch is attached")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 16:39:15 -05:00
Baoquan He
6df77862f6 bnx2: Wait for in-flight DMA to complete at probe stage
In-flight DMA from 1st kernel could continue going in kdump kernel.
New io-page table has been created before bnx2 does reset at open stage.
We have to wait for the in-flight DMA to complete to avoid it look up
into the newly created io-page table at probe stage.

Suggested-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 16:20:53 -05:00
Baoquan He
5d0d4b91bf Revert "bnx2: Reset device during driver initialization"
This reverts commit 3e1be7ad2d.

When people build bnx2 driver into kernel, it will fail to detect
and load firmware because firmware is contained in initramfs and
initramfs has not been uncompressed yet during do_initcalls. So
revert commit 3e1be7a and work out a new way in the later patch.

Signed-off-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 16:20:53 -05:00
Colin Ian King
7020637bdf ps3_gelic: fix spelling mistake in debug message
Trivial fix to spelling mistake "unmached" to "unmatched" in
debug message.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 13:38:57 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
a788859649 net: atheros: atl2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

The previous implementation of set_settings was modifying
the value of advertising, but with the new API, it's not
possible. The structure ethtool_link_ksettings is defined
as const.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 13:37:43 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
1dae02b371 net: atheros: atl1: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

The previous implementation of set_settings was modifying
the value of advertising, but with the new API, it's not
possible. The structure ethtool_link_ksettings is defined
as const.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 13:37:42 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
58046c7043 net: atheros: atl1c: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 13:37:42 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
36a4e690a7 net: alx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-14 13:37:42 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
8d419324ef mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add FIB abort warning
Add a warning that the abort mechanism was triggered for device.
Also avoid going through the procedure if abort was already done.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 22:36:59 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
63fb571ee5 net: atheros: atl1e: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

The previous implementation of set_settings was modifying
the value of advertising, but with the new API, it's not
possible. The structure ethtool_link_ksettings is defined
as const.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:53:01 -05:00
Colin Ian King
7774d46b20 net: ethernet: ixp4xx_eth: fix spelling mistake in debug message
Trivial fix to spelling mistake "successed" to "succeeded"
in debug message.  Also unwrap multi-line literal string.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:48:28 -05:00
Thomas Falcon
e1fac0adf0 ibmvnic: Fix size of debugfs name buffer
This mistake was causing debugfs directory creation
failures when multiple ibmvnic devices were probed.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:42:35 -05:00
Thomas Falcon
b7f193da17 ibmvnic: Unmap ibmvnic_statistics structure
This structure was mapped but never subsequently unmapped.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:42:35 -05:00
Bert Kenward
46d054f8f5 sfc: clear napi_hash state when copying channels
efx_copy_channel() doesn't correctly clear the napi_hash related state.
This means that when napi_hash_add is called for that channel nothing is
done, and we are left with a copy of the napi_hash_node from the old
channel. When we later call napi_hash_del() on this channel we have a
stale napi_hash_node.

Corruption is only seen when there are multiple entries in one of the
napi_hash lists. This is made more likely by having a very large number
of channels. Testing was carried out with 512 channels - 32 channels on
each of 16 ports.

This failure typically appears as protection faults within napi_by_id()
or napi_hash_add(). efx_copy_channel() is only used when tx or rx ring
sizes are changed (ethtool -G).

Fixes: 36763266bb ("sfc: Add support for busy polling")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:41:42 -05:00
Ivan Khoronzhuk
b993eec0e1 net: ethernet: ti: davinci_cpdma: don't stop ctlr if it was stopped
No need to stop ctlr if it was already stopped. It can cause timeout
warns. Steps:
- ifconfig eth0 down
- ethtool -l eth0 rx 8 tx 8
- ethtool -l eth0 rx 1 tx 1

Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:40:24 -05:00
Ivan Khoronzhuk
991ddb1f6a net: ethernet: ti: davinci_cpdma: fix fixed prio cpdma ctlr configuration
The dma ctlr is reseted to 0 while cpdma soft reset, thus cpdma ctlr
cannot be configured after cpdma is stopped. So restoring content
of cpdma ctlr while off/on procedure is needed. The cpdma ctlr off/on
procedure is present while interface down/up and while changing number
of channels with ethtool. In order to not restore content in many
places, move it to cpdma_ctlr_start().

Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 13:40:24 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
f7ad3d4b83 mlxsw: reg: Fix pwm_frequency field size in MFCR register
The field is 7bit long. Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 12:52:17 -05:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky
42cdb338f4 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Correctly dump neighbour activity
The device's neighbour table is periodically dumped in order to update
the kernel about active neighbours. A single dump session may span
multiple queries, until the response carries less records than requested
or when a record (can contain up to four neighbour entries) is not full.
Current code stops the session when the number of returned records is
zero, which can result in infinite loop in case of high packet rate.

Fix this by stopping the session according to the above logic.

Fixes: c723c735fa ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Periodically update the kernel's neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 12:51:00 -05:00
Yotam Gigi
2d644d4c75 mlxsw: spectrum: Fix refcount bug on span entries
When binding port to a newly created span entry, its refcount is
initialized to zero even though it has a bound port. That leads
to unexpected behaviour when the user tries to delete that port
from the span entry.

Fix this by initializing the reference count to 1.

Also add a warning to put function.

Fixes: 763b4b70af ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support in matchall mirror TC offloading")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 12:51:00 -05:00
Michael Chan
73b9bad63a bnxt_en: Fix VF virtual link state.
If the physical link is down and the VF virtual link is set to "enable",
the current code does not always work.  If the link is down but the
cable is attached, the firmware returns LINK_SIGNAL instead of
NO_LINK.  The current code is treating LINK_SIGNAL as link up.
The fix is to treat link as down when the link_status != LINK.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 12:37:31 -05:00
Michael Chan
3ffb6a39b7 bnxt_en: Fix ring arithmetic in bnxt_setup_tc().
The logic is missing the check on whether the tx and rx rings are sharing
completion rings or not.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 12:37:31 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
d7445d1f05 amd-xgbe: Add support for a KR redriver
This patch provides support for the presence of a KR redriver chip in
between the device PCS and an external PHY.  When a redriver chip is
present the device must perform clause 73 auto-negotiation in order to
set the redriver chip for the downstream connection.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
732f2ab7af amd-xgbe: Add support for MDIO attached PHYs
Use the phylib support in the kernel to communicate with and control an
MDIO attached PHY. Use the hardware's MDIO communication mechanism to
communicate with the PHY.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
abf0a1c2b2 amd-xgbe: Add support for SFP+ modules
Add support for recognizing and using SFP+ modules directly. This includes
using the I2C support to read and interpret the information returned from
an SFP+ module and configuring things properly.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
372788f964 net: phy: expose phy_aneg_done API for use by drivers
Make phy_aneg_done() available to drivers so that the result of the
auto-negotiation initiated by phy_start_aneg() can be determined.

Remove the local implementation of phy_aneg_done() from the Aeroflex
driver and use the phy library version.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
5ab1dcd585 amd-xgbe: Add I2C support for sideband communication
Add support to initialize and use the I2C controller within the hardware
in order to perform sideband communication, e.g. determine the SFP media
type that is installed.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
e78332b228 amd-xgbe: Add ECC status support for the device memory
Some versions of the amd-xgbe device are capable of reporting ECC error
information back to the driver. Add support to process, track and report
on this information.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
4c70dd8ac9 amd-xgbe: Add support for new DMA interrupt mode
The current per channel DMA interrupt support is based on an edge
triggered interrupt that is not maskable. This results in having to call
the disable_irq/enable_irq functions in order to prevent interrupts
during napi processing. The hardware now has a way to configure the per
channel DMA interrupt that will allow for masking the interrupt which
prevents calling disable_irq/enable_irq now. This patch makes use of
this support.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
8d6b2e92bd amd-xgbe: Allow for a greater number of Rx queues
Remove the call to netif_get_num_default_rss_queues() and replace it
with num_online_cpus() to allow for the possibility of using all of
the hardware DMA channels available.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
47f164deab amd-xgbe: Add PCI device support
Add support for new PCI devices to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
aba9777ae3 amd-xgbe: Add a workaround for Tx timestamp issue
Update the reading of the Tx timestamp to account for a hardware issue
on how the fields and interrupt are cleared.  The "seconds" portion of
the timestamp should be read first, followed by the "nanoseconds" portion.
Reading the "nanoseconds" portion should clear the timestamp data and the
interrupt.  Because of an issue with the hardware this order is reversed
and reading the "seconds" portion actually clears the timestamp.  The code
currently follows this workaround, but to guard against future versions
where this is fixed add a field to the version data to indicate if the
workaround is required or not.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Lendacky, Thomas
5ffc0335d5 amd-xgbe: Guard against incorrectly generated interrupts
Due to a hardware issue, it is possible for interrupt events to be
incorrectly generated when performing a soft reset.  To guard against
this, perform the soft reset twice.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-13 00:56:26 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann
c540594f86 bpf, mlx4: fix prog refcount in mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources error path
Commit 67f8b1dcb9 ("net/mlx4_en: Refactor the XDP forwarding rings
scheme") added a bug in that the prog's reference count is not dropped
in the error path when mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources() is failing from
mlx4_xdp_set().

We previously took bpf_prog_add(prog, priv->rx_ring_num - 1), that we
need to release again. Earlier in the call path, dev_change_xdp_fd()
itself holds a reference to the prog as well (hence the '- 1' in the
bpf_prog_add()), so a simple atomic_sub() is safe to use here. When
an error is propagated, then bpf_prog_put() is called eventually from
dev_change_xdp_fd()

Fixes: 67f8b1dcb9 ("net/mlx4_en: Refactor the XDP forwarding rings scheme")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-12 23:31:57 -05:00
Ivan Khoronzhuk
b602e491a5 net: ethernet: ti: davinci_cpdma: free memory while channel destroy
While create/destroy channel operation memory is not freed. It was
supposed that memory is freed while driver remove. But a channel
can be created and destroyed many times while changing number of
channels with ethtool.

Based on net-next/master

Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-12 21:06:50 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
0e3715c9c2 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Ignore FIB notification events for non-init namespaces
Since now, the table with same id in multiple netnamespaces were squashed
to a single virtual router. That is not only incorrect, it also causes
error messages when trying to use RALUE register to do double remove
of FIB entries, like this one:

mlxsw_spectrum 0000:03:00.0: EMAD reg access failed (tid=facb831c00007b20,reg_id=8013(ralue),type=write,status=7(bad parameter))

Since we don't allow ports to change namespaces (NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL),
and the infrastructure is not yet prepared to handle netnamespaces, just
ignore FIB notification events for non-init namespaces. That is clear to
do since we don't need to offload them.

Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 13:02:15 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
33b1341cd1 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Fix handling of neighbour structure
__neigh_create function works in a different way than assumed.
It passes "n" as a parameter to ndo_neigh_construct. But this "n" might
be destroyed right away before __neigh_create() returns in case there is
already another neighbour struct in the hashtable with the same dev and
primary key. That is not expected by mlxsw_sp_router_neigh_construct()
and the stored "n" points to freed memory, eventually leading to crash.

Fix this by doing tight 1:1 coupling between neighbour struct and
internal driver neigh_entry. That allows to narrow down the key in
internal driver hashtable to do lookups by "n" only.

Fixes: 6cf3c971dc ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add private neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 13:02:15 -05:00
Ram Amrani
5c5f260908 qed: Correct rdma params configuration
Previous fix has broken RoCE support as the rdma_pf_params are now
being set into the parameters only after the params are alrady assigned
into the hw-function.

Fixes: 0189efb8f4 ("qed*: Fix Kconfig dependencies with INFINIBAND_QEDR")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 12:55:20 -05:00
Ram Amrani
8d1d8fcb21 qed: configure ll2 RoCE v1/v2 flavor correctly
Currently RoCE v2 won't operate with RDMA CM due to missing setting of
the roce-flavour in the ll2 configuration.
This patch properly sets the flavour, and deletes incorrect HSI
that doesn't [yet] exist.

Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 12:55:20 -05:00
Kejian Yan
66355f52ca net: hns: add the support to add/remove the ucast entry to/from table
This patch adds the support to add or remove the unicast entries
to the table and remove from the table.

Reported-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Kejian Yan
ec2cafe682 net: hns: add multicast tcam table clear
There is no clear operation before add a new multicast tcam table,
so the tcam table will be overflow when add more entries.

Reported-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
590457f4ec net: hns: modify tcam table of mask_key
The packets of wrong mac address(only the last bit is different) can be
received in Big-endian by current definition of mask_key. Thus it needs
to be modified to support Big-endian and ensure Big-endian normal.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
9d189b853c net: hns: modify tcam table of mac mc-entry
The current definition of mac_mc_entry is only suitable for
Little-endian. Thus it needs to modify tcam table of mac mc-entry
to support both Little-endian and Big-endian.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
928971b6bc net: hns: modify tcam table of mac mc-port
Little-endian is only supported by current tcam table to add
or delete mac mc-port. This patch makes it support both
Little-endian and Big-endian.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
39a6c9ebcb net: hns: modify table index to get mac entry
Big-endian is not supported by the current definition of table index to get
mac entry. It needs to be modified to support both Little-endian
and Big-endian.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
c9c0b37072 net: hns: modify tcam table of mac uc-entry
The current definition of mac_uc_entry is only suitable for
Little-endian. Thus it needs to modify tcam table of mac uc-entry
to support both Little-endian and Big-endian.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
5483bfcb16 net: hns: modify tcam table and set mac key
The current definition of dsaf_drv_tbl_tcam_key is only suitable for
Little-endian. If data is stored in Big-endian, this may lead to
error in data use. Shift operation can make it work normally in both
Big-endian and Little-endian.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
d30721d459 net: hns: modify buffer format of cpu data to le64
Hardware ring buffer data is stored in Little-endian. Thus cpu data
should be modified to Little-endian.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Daode Huang
20b3385aaa net: hns: fix to intimate the link-status change by adding LF/RF method
In current scenario, when the interface is disabled we reset the XGMAC
RX/TX functionality. This operation does not affects the PHY layer/SFP
and which appears UP to the remote end(this behaviour is unlike GMAC).
The result is remote end keeps on sending the packets which gets partly
processed by XMAC and dropped. Since these are partly processed these
appears as errored packets in the packet counter statistics.

This patch fixes this behaviour and adds local-fault and remote-fault
functionality which can be used to intimate the remote peer whenever
the state of the interface changes. This patch also removes the
existing hns_dsaf_xge_core_srst_by_port function which was being used
to reset the RX/TX functionality at XGE Core.

Reported-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
28b3012400 net: hns: modify ethtool statistics value error
This patch modify the gmac_rx_filt_pkt and gmac_rx_octets_total_filt
statistics value. The two statistics is inconsistent with register,
and just the opposite.

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Qianqian Xie
f165e03b94 net: hns: delete redundant macro definition
This patch deletes redundant macro definitions in hns drivers.
And change the .h file containing relation to make the layers
more clearly

Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Weiwei Deng <dengweiwei@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Daode Huang
da2ef1e558 net: hns: bug fix about restart auto-negotiation
When set auto-negotiation off and duplex half, if run "ethtool -r ethX"
on port with phy, then the port will be failed to work. It should
forbid to start auto-negotiation when auto-negotiate is off. This
patch add the limited condition.

Reported-by: Jinchuang Tian <tianjinchuang1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: lipeng <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Daode Huang
2e7c80577e net: hns: set default mac pause time to 0xffff
The default mac pause time set to 0xff which is too short for pausing,
this patch change it to the max value 0xffff.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: lipeng <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Kejian Yan
1f5fa2dd1c net: hns: fix for promisc mode in HNS driver
If set promisc mode when there is some traffic, The service nic will
cause system halted. We reserve the last 6 tcam entry for the 6 ports.
If promisc mode is enabled, we can config the relative tcam as fuzzy
matching and set to be valid, or set the tcam to be invalid

Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Kejian Yan
153b1d4870 net: hns: add fuzzy match of tcam table for hns
Since there is not enough tcam table entries for vlan and multicast
address, HNSv2 needs to add support of fuzzy matching of TCAM tables.
To add fuzzy match of TCAM, we Add the property to mask the bits to
be fuzzy matched

Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-10 11:45:37 -05:00
Richard Cochran
c79e975e1f ptp: igb: Use the high resolution frequency method.
The 82580 and related devices offer a frequency resolution of about
0.029 ppb.  This patch lets users of the device benefit from the
increased frequency resolution when tuning the clock.

Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 21:19:53 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
ef8d759b52 bnxt_en: do not call napi_hash_add()
This is automatically done from netif_napi_add(), and we want to not
export napi_hash_add() anymore in the following patch.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 21:16:05 -05:00
John Allen
6dbcd8fb59 ibmvnic: Start completion queue negotiation at server-provided optimum values
Use the opt_* fields to determine the starting point for negotiating the
number of tx/rx completion queues with the vnic server. These contain the
number of queues that the vnic server estimates that it will be able to
allocate. While renegotiation may still occur, using the opt_* fields will
reduce the number of times this needs to happen and will prevent driver
probe timeout on systems using large numbers of ibmvnic client devices per
vnic port.

Signed-off-by: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 18:52:41 -05:00
Timur Tabi
df63022e18 net: qcom/emac: enable flow control if requested
If the PHY has been configured to allow pause frames, then the MAC
should be configured to generate and/or accept those frames.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 18:45:24 -05:00
Timur Tabi
3e88449344 net: qcom/emac: configure the external phy to allow pause frames
Pause frames are used to enable flow control.  A MAC can send and
receive pause frames in order to throttle traffic.  However, the PHY
must be configured to allow those frames to pass through.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 18:45:24 -05:00
Edward Cree
b718c88a62 sfc: report 4-tuple UDP hashing to ethtool, if it's enabled
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:59:17 -05:00
Edward Cree
a33a4c7381 sfc: enable 4-tuple RSS hashing for UDP
This improves UDP spreading, and also slightly improves GRO performance
of encapsulated TCP on 7000 series NICs.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:59:16 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
a54e20b4fc net/mlx5e: Add basic TC tunnel set action for SRIOV offloads
In mlx5 HW, encapsulation is offloaded by the steering rule having
index into an encapsulation table containing the entire set of headers
to be added by the HW. The driver sets these headers in a buffer when we
are offloading the action.

The code maintains mlx5_encap_entry for each encap header it has
encountered when attempted to offload TC tunnel set action.

This entry maintains a linked list of all the flows sharing the same
encap header, when the last flow is removed from the list the encap
entry is removed.

The actual encap_header is allocated by the driver in the hardware only
if we have layer two neighbour info when the encap entry is created.
While the flow is in the driver, the driver holds a reference on the
neighbour.

When a new flow with encap action is inserted, the code first checks if
the required encap entry exists according to the tunnel set parameters.
If it does the encap is shared, otherwise a new mlx5_encap_entry is
created.

TC action parsing implementation in the driver assumes that tunnel set
action is provided in the same order set by the user, e.g before the
mirred_redirect action.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:57 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
4a25730eb2 net/mlx5e: Add ndo_udp_tunnel_add to VF representors
By implementing this ndo, the host stack will set the vxlan udp port
also to VF representor netdevices. This will allow the TC offload code
in the driver when it gets a tunnel key set action to identify the UDP
port as vxlan, and hence the rule will be a candidate for offloading.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:56 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
bbd00f7e23 net/mlx5e: Add TC tunnel release action for SRIOV offloads
Enhance the parsing of offloaded TC rules to set HW matching on outer
(encapsulation) headers.
Parse TC tunnel release action and set it as mlx5 decap action when the
required capabilities are supported.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:56 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
66958ed906 net/mlx5: Support encap id when setting new steering entry
In order to support steering rules which add encapsulation headers,
encap_id parameter is needed.

Add new mlx5_flow_act struct which holds action related parameter:
action, flow_tag and encap_id. Use mlx5_flow_act struct when adding a new
steering rule.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:56 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
c9f1b073d0 net/mlx5: Add creation flags when adding new flow table
When creating flow tables, allow the caller to specify creation flags.
Currently no flags are used and as such this patch doesn't add any new
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:56 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
43f93839e3 net/mlx5: Check max encap header size capability
Instead of comparing to a const value, check the value of max encap
header size capability as reported by the Firmware.

Fixes: 575ddf5888 ('net/mlx5: Introduce alloc_encap and dealloc_encap commands')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:55 -05:00
Hadar Hen Zion
ae9f83ac24 net/mlx5: Move alloc/dealloc encap commands declarations to common header file
The alloc and dealloc encap commands will be used in the mlx5e driver,
as such, declare them in a common header file.

Also, rename the functions: mlx5_cmd_{de}alloc_encap is replaced with
mlx5_encap_{de}alloc.

Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:41:55 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
cdb26d3387 net: bgmac: fix reversed checks for clock control flag
This fixes regression introduced by patch adding feature flags. It was
already reported and patch followed (it got accepted) but it appears it
was incorrect. Instead of fixing reversed condition it broke a good one.

This patch was verified to actually fix SoC hanges caused by bgmac on
BCM47186B0.

Fixes: db791eb297 ("net: ethernet: bgmac: convert to feature flags")
Fixes: 4af1474e61 ("net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check")
Cc: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:32:06 -05:00
Benjamin Poirier
d667f78514 bna: Add synchronization for tx ring.
We received two reports of BUG_ON in bnad_txcmpl_process() where
hw_consumer_index appeared to be ahead of producer_index. Out of order
write/read of these variables could explain these reports.

bnad_start_xmit(), as a producer of tx descriptors, has a few memory
barriers sprinkled around writes to producer_index and the device's
doorbell but they're not paired with anything in bnad_txcmpl_process(), a
consumer.

Since we are synchronizing with a device, we must use mandatory barriers,
not smp_*. Also, I didn't see the purpose of the last smp_mb() in
bnad_start_xmit().

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:31:10 -05:00
Tariq Toukan
f91d718156 Revert "net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot"
This reverts commit 9d2afba058.

The original issue would possibly exist if an external module
tried calling our "ethtool_ops" without checking if it still
exists.

The right way of solving it is by simply doing the check in
the caller side.
Currently, no action is required as there's no such use case.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:29:32 -05:00
Mintz, Yuval
bb48024284 qed: Prevent stack corruption on MFW interaction
Driver uses a union for copying data to & from management firmware
when interacting with it.
Problem is that the function always copies sizeof(union) while commit
2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware") is casting
a union elements which is of smaller size [24-byte instead of 88-bytes].

Also, the union contains some inappropriate elements which increase its
size [should have been 32-bytes]. While this shouldn't corrupt other
PF messages to the MFW [as management firmware enforces permissions so
that each PF is allowed to write only to its own mailbox] we fix this
here as well.

Fixes: 2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:27:25 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
b12ab9b119 net: 3com: typhoon: fix typhoon_get_link_ksettings
When moving from typhoon_get_settings to typhoon_getlink_ksettings
in the commit f7a5537cd2 ("net: 3com: typhoon: use new api
ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings"), we use a local variable supported
but we forgot to update the struct ethtool_link_ksettings with
this value.

We also initialize advertising to zero, because otherwise it may
be uninitialized if no case of the switch (tp->xcvr_select) is used.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:25:14 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
90fdd04e2c net: xgbe: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:25:13 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
ea74df816f net: amd: pcnet32: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:25:13 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
1435003c2c net: amd8111e: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:25:13 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
d17970d746 net: alteon: acenic: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:25:12 -05:00
Philippe Reynes
f1cd5aa078 net: adaptec: starfire: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:25:12 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
5a3c7805c4 Revert "net: stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume from init/exit callbacks"
Instead of adding hooks inside stmmac_platform it is better to just use
the standard PM callbacks within the specific dwmac-driver. This only
used by the dwmac-rk driver.

This reverts commit cecbc5563a ("stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume
from init/exit callbacks").

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:21:25 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
07a5e76924 stmmac: dwmac-rk: absorb rk_gmac_init into probe
Since the rk_gmac_init() only calls another function move this
function call into probe so rk_gmac_init() can be removed.

Since commit cecbc5563a ("stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume
from init/exit callbacks") the init hook is no longer used in
dwmac-rk so this can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:21:24 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
0de8c4c9a9 stmmac: dwmac-rk: turn exit into standard driver remove callback
Convert the exit hook into a standard driver remove function as
the hook doesn't really buy us anything extra.

Eventually the exit hook will be deprecated in favor of the driver
remove function.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:21:24 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
5619468a41 stmmac: dwmac-rk: turn resume/suspend into standard PM callbacks
Use standard PM resume/suspend callbacks instead of the hooks in
stmmac_platform. This gives the driver more control and flexibility
when implementing PM functionality. The hooks in stmmac_platform
also doesn't buy us anything extra.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 13:21:24 -05:00
Ulf Hansson
8812872960 net: smsc911x: Synchronize the runtime PM status during system suspend
The smsc911c driver puts its device into low power state when entering
system suspend. Although it doesn't update the device's runtime PM status
to RPM_SUSPENDED, which causes problems for a parent device.

In particular, when the runtime PM status of the parent is requested to be
updated to RPM_SUSPENDED, the runtime PM core prevent this, because it's
forbidden to runtime suspend a device, which has an active child.

Fix this by updating the runtime PM status of the smsc911x device to
RPM_SUSPENDED during system suspend. In system resume, let's reverse that
action by runtime resuming the device and thus also the parent.

Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
2016-11-09 15:49:27 +01:00
Johan Hovold
2271150bfb net: hns: fix device reference leaks
Make sure to drop the reference taken by class_find_device() in
hnae_get_handle() on errors and when later releasing the handle.

Fixes: 6fe6611ff2 ("net: add Hisilicon Network Subsystem...")
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-07 13:17:30 -05:00
Johan Hovold
6bed011801 net: ethernet: ti: davinci_emac: fix device reference leak
Make sure to drop the references taken by bus_find_device() before
returning from emac_dev_open().

Note that phy_connect still takes a reference to the phy device.

Fixes: 5d69e0076a ("net: davinci_emac: switch to new mdio")
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-07 13:17:30 -05:00
Johan Hovold
c7262aaace net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: fix device and of_node leaks
Make sure to drop the references taken by of_get_child_by_name() and
bus_find_device() before returning from cpsw_phy_sel().

Note that holding a reference to the cpsw-phy-sel device does not
prevent the devres-managed private data from going away.

Fixes: 5892cd135e ("drivers: net: cpsw-phy-sel: Add new driver...")
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-07 13:17:30 -05:00
Jon Mason
dd5c5d037f net: ethernet: bgmac: add NS2 support
Add support for the variant of amac hardware present in the Broadcom
Northstar2 based SoCs.  Northstar2 requires an additional register to be
configured with the port speed/duplexity (NICPM).  This can be added to
the link callback to hide it from the instances that do not use this.
Also, clearing of the pending interrupts on init is required due to
observed issues on some platforms.

Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-07 13:11:22 -05:00
Jon Mason
1676aba5ef net: ethernet: bgmac: device tree phy enablement
Change the bgmac driver to allow for phy's defined by the device tree

Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-07 13:11:22 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
cb42d4b64b stmmac: dwmac-sti: remove unused priv dev member
The dev member of struct sti_dwmac is not used anywhere in the driver
so lets just remove it.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
0eebedc2fd stmmac: dwmac-sti: clean up and rename sti_dwmac_init
Rename sti_dwmac_init to sti_dwmac_set_mode which is a better
description for what it really does.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
b89cbfb01a stmmac: dwmac-sti: move clk_prepare_enable out of init and add error handling
Add clock error handling to probe and in the process move clock enabling
out of sti_dwmac_init() to make this easier.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
06a6e829bd stmmac: dwmac-sti: move st, gmac_en parsing to sti_dwmac_parse_data
The sti_dwmac_init() function is called both from probe and resume.
Since DT properties doesn't change between suspend/resume cycles move
parsing of this parameter into sti_dwmac_parse_data() where it belongs.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
2517cfd4ca stmmac: dwmac-sti: add PM ops and resume function
Implement PM callbacks and driver remove in the driver instead
of relying on the init/exit hooks in stmmac_platform. This gives
the driver more flexibility in how the code is organized.

Eventually the init/exit callbacks will be deprecated in favor
of the standard PM callbacks and driver remove function.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
b211aa655d stmmac: dwmac-sti: remove clk NULL checks
Since sti_dwmac_parse_data() sets dwmac->clk to NULL if not clock was
provided in DT and NULL is a valid clock there is no need to check for
NULL before using this clock.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
Joachim Eastwood
a4c48ad737 stmmac: dwmac-sti: remove useless of_node check
Since dwmac-sti is a DT only driver checking for OF node is not necessary.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 22:00:15 -05:00
David S. Miller
9811d1e376 Merge branch '10GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-11-04

This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.

Don does cleanup and configuration for our X553 devices, related to LED,
auto-negotiation, flow control and SFP+ setup and config.  Adds the
(not secret) sauce for B0 hardware for X553 hardware.

Emil provides several fixes, first replaces the driver specific MDIO
defines for the more preferred equivalent kernel ones.  Provides a fix
for auto-negotiaion status, by reading a PHY register twice.  Introduces
ixgbe_link_operations structure to allow X550EM_a to override the
methods for MDIO access while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C
combined access.

Mark fixes an issue where the driver was crashing when msix_entires
were not there because they were freed by a previous suspend or remove.

Sowmini Varadhan fixes an issue where an incorrect check for IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr().  Then makes sure that the network and transport headers
in the paged data are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-06 21:42:34 -05:00
Wei Yongjun
b6e417977d mlxsw: Remove unused including <generated/utsrelease.h>
Remove including <generated/utsrelease.h> that don't need it.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-05 16:22:57 -04:00
Mark Rustad
eeffceee42 ixgbevf: Handle previously-freed msix_entries
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there. Also only
clear the interrupts when the interface is up, because there
aren't any when it is not up.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:38:10 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
9f3c7504fa ixgbe: ixgbe_atr() compute l4_proto only if non-paged data has network/transport headers
For some Tx paths (e.g., tpacket_snd()), ixgbe_atr may be
passed down an sk_buff that has the network and transport
header in the paged data, so it needs to make sure these
headers are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.

This patch expect that network and transport headers are
already available in the non-paged header dat.  The assumption
is that the caller has set this up if l4_proto based Tx
steering is desired.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:36:45 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
520288218c ixgbe: ixgbe_atr() should access udp_hdr(skb) only for UDP packets
Commit 9f12df906c ("ixgbe: Store VXLAN port number in network order")
incorrectly checks for hdr.ipv4->protocol != IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). This check should be for "==" instead.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:34:49 -07:00
Don Skidmore
5f1c3589b0 ixgbe: Correct X550 phy ID
We were using an old Alpha version of the X550 phy ID.  This was leading
to unnecessary queries of the PHY.  I removed the old ID (which shouldn't
be on any HW) and add the two that are.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:29:15 -07:00
Don Skidmore
470739b563 ixgbe: Add X553 FW ALEF support
This patch add X553 FW ALEF support for B0.  ALEF is the new unified
FW.  This contains updated register defines for ALEF speed
configuration.  Likewise it also removes the AN_CNTL_8 usage from
the native SFI flow as it is no longer supported by FW.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:27:05 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
55570b6f5e ixgbe: set device if before calling get_invariants
Fix an issue where set_phy_power was NULL for X550 copper devices
because get_invariants was called before hw->device_id was set.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:24:46 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
b71f6c40bb ixgbe: use link instead of I2C combined abstraction
Introduce ixgbe_link_operations struct with the following changes:

	read_i2c_combined		=> read_link
	read_i2c_combined_unlocked	=> read_link_unlocked
	write_i2c_combined		=> write_link
	write_i2c_combined_unlocked	=> write_link_unlocked

This will allow X550EM_a to override these methods for MDIO access
while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C combined access. This
also adds a new structure, ixgbe_link_info, to hold information
about the link. Initially this is just method pointers and a bus
address.

The functions involved in combined I2C accesses were moved from
ixgbe_phy.c to ixgbe_x550.c. The underlying functions that carry
out the combined I2C accesses were left in ixgbe_phy.c because
they share some functions with other I2C methods.

v2 - set hw->link.ops in probe.
v3 - check ii->link_ops before setting it since we don't have it
for all devices.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:22:06 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
812d7dff10 ixgbe: remove SFP ixfi support
Remove SFP ixfi code since there is no HW that currently supports it.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:18:28 -07:00
Mark Rustad
1fa7125277 ixgbe: Handle previously-freed msix_entries
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:16:50 -07:00
Don Skidmore
2916500db3 ixgbe: Add X553 PHY FC autoneg support
This patch adds X553 flow control auto negotiation for fiber and
backplain.  To enable this new function pointers were added as well
as creating a function to dynamically set function pointer we can't
define only on MAC type.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:15:32 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
21d882eb3a ixgbe: fix link status check for copper X550em
Read the PHY register twice in order to get the correct value for
autoneg_status.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:13:50 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
4dc4000b35 ixgbe: do not use ixgbe specific mdio defines
Replace some ixgbe specific MDIO defines with their equivalent
from the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:11:59 -07:00
Don Skidmore
d2e455a888 ixgbe: Update setup PHY link to unset all speeds
This patch updates ixgbe_setup_phy_link_generic to set/unset
auto-negotiation for all speeds. This ensures that unsupported
speeds are unset. This is necessary since the PHY NVM may
advertise unsupported speeds.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:04:58 -07:00
Don Skidmore
805cedd663 ixgbe: Add support to retrieve and store LED link active
This patch adds support to get the LED link active via the LEDCTL
register.  If the LEDCTL register does not have LED link active
(LED mode field = 0x0100) set then default LED link active returned.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:03:46 -07:00
Don Skidmore
0c1b7de4f3 ixgbe: Add X552 iXFI configuration helper function
X553 doesn't need all the initialization that X552 did for iXFI. This
patch will allow native SPI SFP+ to work with X553 devices.  Future
patches will add additional configuration as needed.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:00:14 -07:00
Huy Nguyen
0e97a34083 net/mlx5: Fix invalid pointer reference when prof_sel parameter is invalid
When prof_sel is invalid, mlx5_core_warn is called but the
mlx5_core_dev is not initialized yet. Solution is moving the prof_sel code
after dev->pdev assignment

Fixes: 2974ab6e8b ('net/mlx5: Improve driver log messages')
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:59:37 -04:00
Or Gerlitz
ee39fbc444 net/mlx5: E-Switch, Set the actions for offloaded rules properly
As for the current generation of the mlx5 HW (CX4/CX4-Lx) per flow vlan
push/pop actions are emulated, we must not program them to the firmware.

Fixes: f5f8247609 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support VLAN actions in the offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:59:37 -04:00
Or Gerlitz
358d79a47e net/mlx5e: Handle matching on vlan priority for offloaded TC rules
We ignored the vlan priority in offloaded TC rules matching part,
fix that.

Fixes: 095b6cfd69 ('net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan match parsing')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:59:36 -04:00
Or Gerlitz
abd3277287 net/mlx5e: Disallow changing name-space for VF representors
VF reps should be altogether on the same NS as they were created.

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:59:36 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed
d7a0ecab38 net/mlx5e: Re-arrange XDP SQ/CQ creation
In mlx5e_open_channel CQs must be created before napi is enabled.
Here we move the XDP CQ creation to satisfy that fact.

mlx5e_close_channel is already working according to the right order.

Fixes: b5503b994e ("net/mlx5e: XDP TX forwarding support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:59:35 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed
87dc02551c net/mlx5e: Fix XDP error path of mlx5e_open_channel()
In case of mlx5e_open_rq fails the error handling will jump to
label err_close_xdp_sq and will try to close the xdp_sq unconditionally.
xdp_sq is valid only in case of XDP use cases, i.e priv->xdp_prog is
not null.

To fix this in this patch we test xdp_sq validity prior to closing it.

In addition we now close the xdp_sq.cq as well.

Fixes: b5503b994e ("net/mlx5e: XDP TX forwarding support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:59:35 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
6d6770755f nfp: add support for offload of XDP programs
Most infrastructure can be reused, provide separate handling
of context offsets and exit codes.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:16 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
2e9d594d50 nfp: remove unnecessary parameters from nfp_net_bpf_offload()
nfp_net_bpf_offload() takes all .setup_tc() parameters but it
doesn't use them at the moment.  Remove unnecessary ones to make
it possible for XDP to reuse this function.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:16 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
ecd63a0217 nfp: add XDP support in the driver
Add XDP support.  Separate stack's and XDP's TX rings logically.
Add functions for handling XDP_TX and cleanup of XDP's TX rings.
For XDP allocate all RX buffers as separate pages and map them
with DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:16 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
13df4c666c nfp: reorganize nfp_net_rx() to get packet offsets early
Calculate packet offsets early in nfp_net_rx() so that we will be
able to use them in upcoming XDP handler.  While at it move relevant
variables into the loop scope.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:15 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
164d1e9e5d nfp: add support for ethtool .set_channels
Allow changing the number of rings via ethtool .set_channels API.
Runtime reconfig needs to be extended to handle number of rings.
We need to be able to activate interrupt vectors before rings are
assigned to them.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:15 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
1e9e10d0c1 nfp: move RSS indirection table init into a separate function
We will need to rerun the initialization of the RSS indirection table
after the number of rings is changed.  Move the code to a separate
function.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:15 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
e31230f926 nfp: add helper to reassign rings to IRQ vectors
Instead of fixing ring -> vector relations up in ring swap functions
put the reassignment into a helper function which will reinit all
links.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:15 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
0668b60ba6 nfp: loosen relation between rings and IRQs vectors
Upcoming XDP support will break the assumption that one can iterate
over IRQ vectors to get to all the rings easily.  Use nn->.x_ring
arrays directly.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:15 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
a10b563d88 nfp: reuse ring helpers on .ndo_open() path
Ring allocation helpers encapsulate all ring allocation and
initialization steps nicely.  Reuse them on .ndo_open() path.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:14 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
0ae42dfcf2 nfp: rename ring allocation helpers
"Shadow" in ring helpers used to mean that the helper will allocate
rings without touching existing configuration, this was used for
reconfiguration while the device was running.  We will soon use
the same helpers for .ndo_open() path, so replace "shadow" with
"ring_set".

No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:14 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
68453c7a89 nfp: centralize runtime reconfiguration logic
All functions which need to reallocate ring resources at runtime
look very similar.  Centralize that logic into a separate function.
Encapsulate configuration parameters in a structure.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:14 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
81cc2e434a nfp: add support for ethtool .get_channels
Report number of rings via ethtool .get_channels API.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:56:14 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
bd8255d8ba amd-xgbe: Prepare for supporting PCI devices
Update the driver framework to separate out platform/ACPI specific code
from general code during device initialization. This will allow for the
introduction of PCI device support.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:45 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
4b8acdf5fe amd-xgbe: Update how to determine DMA channel status
Tx and Rx DMA channel status determiniation is different depending on the
version of the hardware. Update the channel status processing code to
account for the change.  Also, reduce the timeout value used when stopping
the channels.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:45 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
e5a20b9072 amd-xgbe: Support for 64-bit management counter registers
Add support for reading all management counter registers as 64-bit
values.  The indication of whether to read the high 32-bits to form
a 64-bit value is indicated in the version data.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:44 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
b03a4a6fb3 amd-xgbe: Prepare for a new PCS register access method
Prepare the code to be able to support accessing of the PCS registers
in a new way, while maintaining the current access method. Provide a
version specific field that indicates the method to use.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:44 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
1bf40ada62 amd-xgbe: Add support for clause 37 auto-negotiation
Add support to be able to use clause 37 auto-negotiation.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:44 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
a64def4161 amd-xgbe: Prepare for introduction of clause 37 autoneg
Prepare for the future introduction of clause 37 auto-negotiation by
updating the current auto-negotiation related functions to identify
them as clause 73 functions. Move interrupt enablement to the
enable/disable auto-negotiation functions. Update what will be common
routines to check for the current type of AN and process accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:44 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
e57f7a3fea amd-xgbe: Prepare for working with more than one type of phy
Prepare the code to be able to work with more than one type of phy by
adding additional callable functions into the phy interface and removing
phy specific settings/functions from non-phy related files.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:43 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
43e0dcf708 amd-xgbe: Perform priority-based hardware FIFO allocation
Allocate the FIFO across the hardware Rx queues based on the priority
of the queues.  Giving more FIFO resources to queues with a higher
priority.  If PFC is active but not enabled for a queue, then less
resources can allocated to the queue.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:43 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
586e3cfb26 amd-xgbe: Prepare for priority-based FIFO allocation
Currently, the Rx and Tx fifos are evenly allocated between the hardware
queues of the device.  As more queues are instantiated, the fifo memory
needs to be able to be allocated based on queue priority. This allows for
higher priority queues to have more fifo memory than lower priority
queues. Prepare for this by modifying the current fifo calculation to
assign the fifo queue allocation in an array that is then used to program
the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:43 -04:00
Lendacky, Thomas
d9682c90cf amd-xgbe: Fix formatting of PCS register dump
Fix the length value used for the PCS register dump so that the full
value can be displayed.

Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-04 14:48:42 -04:00
Guilherme G. Piccoli
29ab5a3b94 ehea: fix operation state report
Currently the ehea driver is missing a call to netif_carrier_off()
before the interface bring-up; this is necessary in order to
initialize the __LINK_STATE_NOCARRIER bit in the net_device state
field. Otherwise, we observe state UNKNOWN on "ip address" command
output.

This patch adds a call to netif_carrier_off() on ehea's net device
open callback.

Reported-by: Xiong Zhou <zhou@redhat.com>
Reference-ID: IBM bz #137702, Red Hat bz #1089134
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-03 16:25:37 -04:00
Elad Raz
5e5f89e70b mlxsw: pci: Fix the FW ready mask length
The system-status register is actually 16-bit wide and not 8 bit-wide.

Fixes: 233fa44bd6 ("mlxsw: pci: Implement reset done check")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-03 16:21:27 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
9512925a2c qede: Correctly map aggregation replacement pages
Driver allocates replacement buffers before-hand to make
sure whenever an aggregation begins there would be a replacement
for the Rx buffers, as we can't release the buffer until
aggregation is terminated and driver logic assumes the Rx rings
are always full.

For every other Rx page that's being allocated [I.e., regular]
the page is being completely mapped while for the replacement
buffers only the first portion of the page is being mapped.
This means that:
  a. Once replacement buffer replenishes the regular Rx ring,
assuming there's more than a single packet on page we'd post unmapped
memory toward HW [assuming mapping is actually done in granularity
smaller than page].
  b. Unmaps are being done for the entire page, which is incorrect.

Fixes: 55482edc25 ("qede: Add slowpath/fastpath support and enable hardware GRO")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-03 15:33:30 -04:00
Neil Armstrong
5ed7414062 net: stmmac: Add OXNAS Glue Driver
Add Synopsys Designware MAC Glue layer for the Oxford Semiconductor OX820.

Acked-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-03 15:31:33 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai
0b53df1e9e cxgb4: correct device ID of T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-03 15:19:16 -04:00
Govindarajulu Varadarajan
17197236d6 enic: set skb->hash type properly
Driver sets the skb l4/l3 hash based on NIC_CFG_RSS_HASH_TYPE_*,
which is bit mask. This is wrong. Hw actually provides us enum.
Use CQ_ENET_RQ_DESC_RSS_TYPE_* to set l3 and l4 hash type.

Fixes: bf751ba802 ("driver/net: enic: record q_number and rss_hash for skb")
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:32:53 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
f7a5537cd2 net: 3com: typhoon: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Dillow <dave@thedillows.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:26:51 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
b646cf299e net: 3c509: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:17:09 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
e19b7883ef net: 3c59x: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:17:09 -04:00
Tariq Toukan
15fca2c8eb net/mlx4_en: Add ethtool statistics for XDP cases
XDP statistics are reported in ethtool, in total and per ring,
as follows:
- xdp_drop: the number of packets dropped by xdp.
- xdp_tx: the number of packets forwarded by xdp.
- xdp_tx_full: the number of times an xdp forward failed
	due to a full tx xdp ring.

In addition, all packets that are dropped/forwarded by XDP
are no longer accounted in rx_packets/rx_bytes of the ring,
so that they count traffic that is passed to the stack.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:07:11 -04:00
Tariq Toukan
67f8b1dcb9 net/mlx4_en: Refactor the XDP forwarding rings scheme
Separately manage the two types of TX rings: regular ones, and XDP.
Upon an XDP set, do not borrow regular TX rings and convert them
into XDP ones, but allocate new ones, unless we hit the max number
of rings.
Which means that in systems with smaller #cores we will not consume
the current TX rings for XDP, while we are still in the num TX limit.

XDP TX rings counters are not shown in ethtool statistics.
Instead, XDP counters will be added to the respective RX rings
in a downstream patch.

This has no performance implications.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:07:11 -04:00
Tariq Toukan
ccc109b8ed net/mlx4_en: Add TX_XDP for CQ types
Support XDP CQ type, and refactor the CQ type enum.
Rename the is_tx field to match the change.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-02 15:07:11 -04:00
Russell King
b9b84fc07d net: mv643xx_eth: ensure coalesce settings survive read-modify-write
The coalesce settings behave badly when changing just one value:

... # ethtool -c eth0
rx-usecs: 249
... # ethtool -C eth0 tx-usecs 250
... # ethtool -c eth0
rx-usecs: 248

This occurs due to rounding errors when calculating the microseconds
value - the divisons round down.  This causes (eg) the rx-usecs to
decrease by one every time the tx-usecs value is set as per the above.

Fix this by making the divison round-to-nearest.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 12:17:16 -04:00
Christophe Jaillet
42fb18fd58 net/mlx5: Simplify a test
'create_root_ns()' does not return an error pointer, so the test can be
simplified to be more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 12:16:40 -04:00
Timur Tabi
7bb9f731d1 net: qcom/emac: use correct value for SGMII_LN_UCDR_SO_GAIN_MODE0
The documentation says that SGMII_LN_UCDR_SO_GAIN_MODE0 should be
set to 0, not 6, on the Qualcomm Technologies QDF2432.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 12:14:29 -04:00
Iyappan Subramanian
f126df8503 drivers: net: xgene: fix: Coalescing values for v2 hardware
Changing the interrupt trigger region id to 2 and the
corresponding threshold set0/set1 values to 8/16.

Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 12:04:52 -04:00
Iyappan Subramanian
b5a4a3eb4e drivers: net: xgene: fix: Disable coalescing on v1 hardware
Since ethernet v1 hardware has a bug related to coalescing, disabling
this feature.

Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 12:04:52 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
cbeaf7aa73 nfp: bring back support for different ring counts
We used to always allocate the same number of TX and RX rings
so the support for having r_vectors without one of the rings
was dropped.  That makes us, however, unnecessarily limited
to 8 TX rings (8 is the Linux RSS default) most of the time.
Also we are about to add channel count configuration via
ethtool, so bring that support back.  TX rings can now default
to num_online_cpus() and RX rings to netif_get_num_default_rss_queues().

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:05:01 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
b33ae997a3 nfp: replace num_irqs with max_r_vecs
num_irqs is not used anywhere, replace it with max_r_vecs which holds
number of allocated RX/TX vectors and is going to be useful soon.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:05:00 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
4b27a1eb7b nfp: remove nfp_net_irqs_wanted()
nfp_net_irqs_wanted() doesn't really encapsulate much logic,
remove it and inline the calculations.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:05:00 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
a4b562bb8e nfp: use unsigned int for vector/ring counts
Use unsigned int consistently for vector/ring counts.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:05:00 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
23a4e389bd nfp: create separate define for max number of vectors
We are currently using define for max TX rings to allocate IRQ
vectors.  It's OK since the max number of rings for TX and RX
are currently the same, but lets make the code nicer by taking
max of the two.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:05:00 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
1a1d74d378 nfp: use AND instead of modulo to get ring indexes
We already force ring sizes to be power of 2 so replace
modulo operations with AND (size - 1) in index calculations.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:05:00 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
b64b7bb6d4 nfp: add separate buffer allocation function for napi
Introduce a separate buffer allocation function to be called
from NAPI.  We can make assumptions about the context and
buffer size.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:59 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
c0f031bc88 nfp: use alloc_frag() and build_skb()
Speed up RX processing by moving to the alloc_frag()/build_skb()
paradigm.  Since we're no longer mapping the entire buffer for
DMA add helpers which take care of calculating offsets and
lengths.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:59 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
e9949aebe0 nfp: add buffer drop/recycle helper for RX
nfp_net_rx() is quite long already and about to get longer.
Move buffer drop/recycle to a helper.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:59 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
bf187ea01b nfp: centralize the buffer size calculation
Add a helper function to calculate the buffer size at run time.
Buffer lengths will now depend on the FW prepend configuration
instead of assuming the most space consuming configuration and
defaulting to 2k buffers at initialization time.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:59 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
fa95f1d2bf nfp: remove inline attributes and dead code
Don't declare functions as static inline in .c files and
remove dead code it was hiding.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:59 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
8c8b0e99eb nfp: remove unnecessary call to ether_setup()
ether_setup() will be invoked by alloc_etherdev_mqs(), no need
to call it again.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:58 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
416db5c1e4 nfp: remove support for nfp3200
Drop all code related to nfp3200.  It was never widely deployed
as a NIC.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:58 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski
7ff5c83a1d nfp: simplify nfp_net_poll()
There are few variables in nfp_net_poll() which are used only
once or unused but set.  Remove them.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:04:58 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
b0fca3122f qed: Correct VF mac number
When relaxing the limitation on the number of unicast MAC filters
an interface can configure, qed started passing the MAC quota to
qede. However, the value is initialized only for PFs, causing VFs
to always try and configure themselves as promiscuous
[as they believe they lack the resources to configure the rx-mode].

Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:00:24 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
0183eb1c75 qede: Don't override priv_flags
Driver is now setting the ndev's priv_flags instead of adding to it,
causing pktgen failure to utilize various features due to the loss
of the IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING indication.

Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-01 11:00:24 -04:00
Andy Gospodarek
fcdefccac9 bgmac: stop clearing DMA receive control register right after it is set
Current bgmac code initializes some DMA settings in the receive control
register for some hardware and then immediately clears those settings.
Not clearing those settings results in ~420Mbps *improvement* in
throughput; this system can now receive frames at line-rate on Broadcom
5871x hardware compared to ~520Mbps today.  I also tested a few other
values but found there to be no discernible difference in CPU
utilization even if burst size and prefetching values are different.

On the hardware tested there was no need to keep the code that cleared
all but bits 16-17, but since there is a wide variety of hardware that
used this driver (I did not look at all hardware docs for hardware using
this IP block), I find it wise to move this call up and clear bits just
after reading the default value from the hardware rather than completely
removing it.

This is a good candidate for -stable >=3.14 since that is when the code
that was supposed to improve performance (but did not) was introduced.

Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Fixes: 56ceecde1f ("bgmac: initialize the DMA controller of core...")
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 20:51:01 -04:00
Filip Sadowski
3aa7b74dbe i40e: removed unreachable code
Removed some of unnecessary if statements and unreachable code found by
static code analysis tool.
The return value of i40e_vsi_control_rings(..., false) is always 0. So,
test for non-zero will never be true. The function has been split into
"int i40e_vsi_start_rings()" and "void i40e_vsi_stop_rings()" for better
understanding.
Similarly, the function i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() never fails. So, checking
for return value is also unnecessary. Function definition changed to void.
The i40e_loopback_test() function is not implemented. The function and
all references to loopback testing were removed.

Change-ID: Id45cf66f6689ce2bc4e887de13f073e30e8431bd
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Maciej Sosin
81fa7c97be i40e: Implementation of ERROR state for NVM update state machine
This patch adds I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update.
Without this patch driver has no possibility to return NVM image write
failure.This state is being set when ARQ rises error.
arq_last_status is also updated every time when ARQ event comes,
not only on error cases.

Change-ID: I67ce43ba22a240773c2821b436e96054db0b7c81
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Michal Kosiarz
999b315d39 i40e: Fix for division by zero
For some cases when reading from device are incorrect or image is
incorrect, this part of code causes crash due to division by zero.

Change-ID: I8961029a7a87b0a479995823ef8fcbf6471405e1
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Mitch Williams
13fd3f9cc3 i40e: clear mac filter count on reset
When a VF is reset, it gets a new VSI, so all of its MAC filters go
away. Correctly set the number of filters to 0 when freeing VF
resources. This corrects a problem with failure to add filters when the
VF driver is reloaded.

Change-ID: I2acbecf734287b67473bb225293e14b5096acbef
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
1dc8b53879 i40e: Reorder logic for coalescing RS bits
This patch reorders the logic at the end of i40e_tx_map to address the
fact that the logic was rather convoluted and much larger than it needed
to be.

In order to try and coalesce the code paths I have updated some of the
comments and repurposed some of the variables in order to reduce
unnecessary overhead.

This patch does the following:
1.  Quit tracking skb->xmit_more with a flag, just max out packet_stride
2.  Drop tail_bump and do_rs and instead just use desc_count and td_cmd
3.  Pull comments from ixgbe that make need for wmb() more explicit.

Change-ID: Ic7da85ec75043c634e87fef958109789bcc6317c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
4b8164467b i40e: Add common function for finding VSI by type
This patch adds a common method for finding a VSI by type.  The main
motivation for doing this is that the Flow Director path actually had two
ways of handling this, one stopped on first match and one did not.  This
patch makes it so that all callers of this function will get the same
approach for finding a VSI.

Change-ID: Ibf25de8acd8466582520694424aa87da66965fbd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
7d3f04af69 i40evf: avoid an extra msleep while
Remove the second call to msleep outside the loop, and move the msleep
within the loop as the first step. This guarantees that a single loop
will wait the minimum time first, and then after the reset finishes we
no longer need an extra msleep.

Change-ID: Ib2086f0a142402b614f67846bc091754203a0b9a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
124905012d i40e: replace PTP Rx timestamp hang logic
The current Rx timestamp hang logic is not very robust because it does
not notice a register is hung until all four timestamps have been
latched and we wait a full 5 seconds. Replace this logic with a newer Rx
hang detection based on storing the jiffies when we first notice
a receive timestamp event. We store each register's time separately,
along with a flag indicating if it is currently latched. Upon first
transitioning to latch, we will update the latch_events[i] jiffies
value. This indicates the time we first noticed this event. The watchdog
routine will simply check that the either the flag has been cleared, or
we have passed at least one second. In this case, it is able to clear
the Rx timestamp register under the assumption that it was for a dropped
frame. The benefit if this strategy is that we should be able to
detect and clear out stalled RXTIME_H registers before we exhaust the
supply of 4, and avoid complete stall of Rx timestamp events.

Change-ID: Id55458c0cd7a5dd0c951ff2b8ac0b2509364131f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
195512629c i40e: use a mutex instead of spinlock in PTP user entry points
We need a locking mechanism to protect the hardware SYSTIME register
which is split over 2 values, and has internal hardware latching. We
can't allow multiple accesses at the same time. However....

The spinlock_t is overkill here, especially use of spin_lock_irqsave,
since every PTP access will halt hardirqs. Notice that the only places
which need the SYSTIME value are user context and are capable of sleeping.
Thus, it is safe to use a mutex here instead of the spinlock.

Change-ID: I971761a89b58c6aad953590162e85a327fbba232
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
144ed17630 i40e: correct check for reading TSYNINDX from the receive descriptor
When hardware has taken a timestamp for a received packet, it indicates
which RXTIME register the timestamp was placed in by some bits in the
receive descriptor. It uses 3 bits, one to indicate if the descriptor
index is valid (ie: there was a timestamp) and 2 bits to indicate which
of the 4 registers to read. However, the driver currently does not check
the TSYNVALID bit and only checks the index. It assumes a zero index
means no timestamp, and a non zero index means a timestamp occurred.
While this appears to be true, it prevents ever reading a timestamp in
RXTIME[0], and causes the first timestamp the device captures to be
ignored.

Fix this by using the TSYNVALID bit correctly as the true indicator of
whether the packet has an associated timestamp.

Also rename the variable rsyn to tsyn as this is more descriptive and
matches the register names.

Change-ID: I4437e8f3a3df2c2ddb458b0fb61420f3dafc4c12
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
0093631966 i40e: remove duplicate add/delete adminq command code for filters
We duplicate some code around adding and deleting filters using the
adminq interface. This is prone to errors in case there are bugs. Use
functions which extract the logic to their own portion so that we don't
duplicate it twice in code.

Change-ID: I60d68aeb887976787dec00b23ab386a106e61465
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
cbebb85f30 i40e: avoid looping to check whether we're in VLAN mode
We determine that a VSI is in vlan_mode whenever it has any filters
with a VLAN other than -1 (I40E_VLAN_ALL). The previous method of doing
so was to perform a loop whenever we needed the check. However, we can
notice that only place where filters are added (i40e_add_filter) can
change the condition from false to true, and the only place we can
return to false is in i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask. Thus, we can remove
the loop and use a boolean directly.

Doing this avoids looping over filters repeatedly especially while we're
already inside a loop over all the filters. This should reduce the
latency of filter operations throughout the driver.

Change-ID: Iafde08df588da2a2ea666997d05e11fad8edc338
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Alan Brady
84f5ca6cf4 i40e: fix MAC filters when removing VLANs
Currently there exists a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then
removing all VLANs leaves the mac filters for the VSI with an incorrect
value for 'vid' which indicates the mac filter's VLAN status.

The current implementation for handling the removal of VLANs is wrong
for a couple reasons. The first is that when i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
iterates through the MAC filters, it fails to account for the MAC filter
status; i.e. it's not accommodating for filters that are about to be
deleted. The second problem is that MAC filters can be deleted in other
places (specifically i40e_set_rx_mode). Thus if it occurs that all the
VLAN MAC filters get deleted we need to switch out of VLAN mode, but the
code path through i40e_vsi_kill_vlan has already been executed and we're
now stuck in VLAN mode.

This patch fixes the issue by removing the check from i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
and puts the check instead in i40e_sync_vsi_filters where we're
guaranteed to see all filter deletions and can properly detect when we
need to switch out of VLAN mode.

Change-ID: Ib38fe6034b356eee9a0e20b8a9eeed5ff2debcd9
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
4a2ce27bb5 i40e: properly cleanup on allocation failure in i40e_sync_vsi_filters
Currently, we fail to correctly restore filters on the temporary add
list when we fail to allocate memory either for deletion or addition.
Replace calls to "goto out;" with calls to a new location that correctly
handles memory allocation failures.

Note that it is safe for us to call i40e_undo_filter_entries on the
tmp_del_list even after we've deleted filters because at this point it
will be empty, so we don't need to separate the logic for add and
delete failure.

Change-Id: Iee107fd219c6e03e2fd9645c2debf8e8384a8521
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
278e7d0b9d i40e: store MAC/VLAN filters in a hash with the MAC Address as key
Replace the mac_filter_list with a static size hash table of 8bits. The
primary advantage of this is a decrease in latency of operations related
to searching for specific MAC filters, including .set_rx_mode. Using
a linked list resulted in several locations which were O(n^2). Using
a hash table should give us latency growth closer to O(n*log(n)).

Change-ID: I5330bd04053b880e670210933e35830b95948ebb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
290d255719 i40e: implement __i40e_del_filter and use where applicable
When inside a loop where we call i40e_del_filter we use an O(n^2)
pattern where i40e_del_filter calls i40e_find_filter for us. We can
avoid this O(n^2) logic by factoring a function, __i40e_del_filter() out
from the i40e_del_filter code. This allows us to re-use the delete logic
where appropriate without having to search for the filter twice.

This new function benefits several functions including i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
i40e_vsi_kill_vlan, i40e_del_mac_vlan_all, and i40e_vsi_release.

Change-ID: I75fabe0f53bf73f56b80d342e5fdcfcc28f4d3eb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
57b341d666 i40e: When searching all MAC/VLAN filters, ignore removed filters
When adding new MAC address filters, the driver determines if it should
behave in VLAN mode (where all MAC addresses get assigned to every
existing VLAN) or in non-VLAN mode where MAC addresses get assigned the
VLAN_ANY identifier. Under some circumstances it is possible that a VLAN
has been marked for removal (such that all filters of that VLAN are set
to I40E_FILTER_REMOVE), and a subsequent call to i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
may occur prior to the driver subtask that syncs filters to the
hardware.

In this case, we may add filters to the new removed VLAN, even though it
should have been removed. This is most obvious when first adding a new
VLAN. We will delete all filters which are in I40E_VLAN_ANY (-1) and
then re-add them as in VLAN 0 (untagged). Then before we sync filters,
we will add new MAC address filter, which will be added to every VLAN
that exists. Unfortunately, this will include I40E_VLAN_ANY, so we will
end up incorrectly adding filters to the -1 VLAN. This can be fixed by
simply skipping all filters which are marked for removal.

A similar check is not necessary in i40e_del_mac_all_vlan, since we are
deleting, and any filter which we find already marked for removal would
simply be deleted again, which doesn't cause any issues.

Change-Id: I7962154013ce02fe950584690aeeb3ed853d0086
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
5feb3d7b0c i40e: refactor i40e_put_mac_in_vlan to avoid changing f->vlan
When a PVID has been assigned to a VSI, the function
i40e_put_mac_in_vlan arbitrarily modifies all filters
to have the same VLAN. This is obviously incorrect
because it could be modifying active filters without
putting them into the NEW state. The correct method
is to remove then re-add filters which is already done
in the code where we assign the PVID.

Fix this issue and a few other minor nits at the same
time. First, when we have a PVID don't even bother
looping and simply add the filter with the PVID immediately.

In the case of the loop, we now can remove several checks.
We also don't need to use i40e_find_filter first before
calling i40e_add_filter, since i40e_add_filter implicitly
does a lookup already.

Finally, update the return semantics of this function so
that on failure to add a filter it returns NULL, but on
success, it returns the last filter added. Otherwise,
we're just returning the last filter in the list. An
alternative fix might be to return 0 or an error code,
but this is pretty invasive to every call site.

Change-ID: I2325dfd843aec76d89fb0d7cb0e7c4f290a34840
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
35ec2ff37c i40e: move i40e_put_mac_in_vlan and i40e_del_mac_all_vlan
A future patch will be modifying these functions and making a call to
a static function which currently is defined after these functions. Move
them in a separate patch to ease review and ensure the moved code is
correct.

Change-ID: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
6622f5cdba i40e: make use of __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync
The kernel provides __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync in order for drivers
which need individual notification of add and delete for each filter.
These functions allow us to vastly simplify our .set_rx_mode handler. We
need to implement two functions for sync and unsync which add and remove
filters respectively.

This change avoids a very complex and inefficient algorithm which
resulted in an abnormal latency for the .set_rx_mode NDO operation. The
resulting code after this change is more readable, more efficient, and
less code.

Due to the callback signature used by these functions we also must
update several other functions to take a const u8 * pointer.

Change-Id: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
1bc87e807a i40e: drop is_vf and is_netdev fields in struct i40e_mac_filter
Originally the is_vf and is_netdev fields were added in order to
distinguish between VF and netdev filters in a single VSI. However, it
can be noted that we use separate VSI for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSI.
Thus, since a single VSI should only ever have one type of filter, we
can simply remove the checks and remove the typing.

In a similar fashion, we can note that the only remaining way to get
multiple filters of a single type is through a debug command that was
added to debugfs. This command is useless in practice, and results in
causing bugs if we keep counter tracking but lose the is_vf and
is_netdev protections as desired above.

Since the only time we'd actually have a counter value besides 0 and
1 is through use of this debugfs hook, we can remove this unnecessary
command, and the entire counter logic it required.

We vastly simplify mac filters by removing

(a) the distinction between VF and netdev filters
(b) counting logic
(c) the ability to add and remove filters bypassing the stack via debugfs

Change-ID: Idf916dd2a1159b1188ddbab5bef6b85ea6bf27d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Colin Ian King
ff00f3a967 i40e: Add missing \n to end of dev_err message
Trival fix, dev_err message is missing a \n, so add it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Tomer Tayar
2edbff8dcb qed: Learn resources from management firmware
Currently, each interfaces assumes it receives an equal portion
of HW/FW resources, but this is wasteful - different partitions
[and specifically, parititions exposing different protocol support]
might require different resources.

Implement a new resource learning scheme where the information is
received directly from the management firmware [which has knowledge
of all of the functions and can serve as arbiter].

Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:36 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
5a1f965aac qed: Use VF-queue feature
Driver sets several restrictions about the number of supported VFs
according to available HW/FW resources.
This creates a problem as there are constellations which can't be
supported [as limitation don't accurately describe the resources],
as well as holes where enabling IOV would fail due to supposed
lack of resources.

This introduces a new interal feature - vf-queues, which would
be used to lift some of the restriction and accurately enumerate
the queues that can be used by a given PF's VFs.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:36 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
6927e82680 qed: Learn of RDMA capabilities per-device
Today, RDMA capabilities are learned from management firmware
which provides a per-device indication for all interfaces.
Newer management firmware is capable of providing a per-device
indication [would later be extended to either RoCE/iWARP].

Try using this newer learning mechanism, but fallback in case
management firmware is too old to retain current functionality.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:36 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
d7455f6e44 qede: Decouple ethtool caps from qed
While the qed_lm_maps is closely tied with the QED_LM_* defines,
when iterating over the array use actual size instead of the qed
define to prevent future possible issues.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:35 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
14d39648cb qed*: Add support for WoL
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:35 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
7a4b21b7d1 qed: Add nvram selftest
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:35 -04:00
Sudarsana Kalluru
0fefbfbaad qed*: Management firmware - notifications and defaults
Management firmware is interested in various tidbits about
the driver - including the driver state & several configuration
related fields [MTU, primtary MAC, etc.].
This adds the necessray logic to update MFW with such configurations,
some of which are passed directly via qed while for others APIs
are provide so that qede would be able to later configure if needed.

This also introduces a new default configuration for MTU which would
replace the default inherited by being an ethernet device.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:52:35 -04:00
Ido Schimmel
46d0847cdd mlxsw: spectrum: Fix incorrect reuse of MID entries
In the device, a MID entry represents a group of local ports, which can
later be bound to a MDB entry.

The lookup of an existing MID entry is currently done using the provided
MC MAC address and VID, from the Linux bridge. However, this can result
in an incorrect reuse of the same MID index in different VLAN-unaware
bridges (same IP MC group and VID 0).

Fix this by performing the lookup based on FID instead of VID, which is
unique across different bridges.

Fixes: 3a49b4fde2 ("mlxsw: Adding layer 2 multicast support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:34:43 -04:00
Mintz, Yuval
cbbf049a7c qede: Fix statistics' strings for Tx/Rx queues
When an interface is configured to use Tx/Rx-only queues,
the length of the statistics would be shortened to accomodate only the
statistics required per-each queue, and the values would be provided
accordingly.
However, the strings provided would still contain both Tx and Rx strings
for each one of the queues [regardless of its configuration], which might
lead to out-of-bound access when filling the buffers as well as incorrect
statistics presented.

Fixes: 9a4d7e86ac ("qede: Add support for Tx/Rx-only queues.")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:33:33 -04:00
Aaron Young
8778b27664 ldmvsw: tx queue stuck in stopped state after LDC reset
The following patch fixes an issue with the ldmvsw driver where
the network connection of a guest domain becomes non-functional after
the guest domain has panic'd and rebooted.

The root cause was determined to be from the following series of
events:

1. Guest domain panics - resulting in the guest no longer processing
   network packets (from ldmvsw driver)
2. The ldmvsw driver (in the control domain) eventually exerts flow
   control due to no more available tx drings and stops the tx queue
   for the guest domain
3. The LDC of the network connection for the guest is reset when
   the guest domain reboots after the panic.
4. The LDC reset event is received by the ldmvsw driver and the ldmvsw
   responds by clearing the tx queue for the guest.
5. ldmvsw waits indefinitely for a DATA ACK from the guest - which is
   the normal method to re-enable the tx queue. But the ACK never comes
   because the tx queue was cleared due to the LDC reset.

To fix this issue, in addition to clearing the tx queue, re-enable the
tx queue on a LDC reset. This prevents the ldmvsw from getting caught in
this deadlocked state of waiting for a DATA ACK which will never come.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <Aaron.Young@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 15:20:29 -04:00
David S. Miller
2a43ca0aa9 mv643xx_eth: Properly resolve merge conflict.
The second SET_NETDEV_DEV() in the hunk should be
removed.

Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 10:33:08 -04:00
David S. Miller
d8e4aa0707 mv643xx_eth: Fix merge error.
One merge conflict block wasn't resolved.

Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-31 08:59:27 -04:00
David S. Miller
0a6ce1e3c1 Mellanox ConnectX-4/Connect-IB shared code (IB & ETH part)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJYFfxWAAoJEORje4g2clinr4MQAMUMoO4akLhppyUuLiT2ZZHc
 KshFwUF5RnZq6c2qXSxTVhfajyG6q71EwQNGaAMeGsjoCXM+u99Adgp/lYkXxbzY
 e4W3gCvjGWIik5d3JRVq07XutVpeJIc/Qvvc5zc1lUYNR5f71iBw538eG9ic4PXi
 4/CpRvcsa8Z9sbtKPcjHwQQRd4ewx/KAD6QyOsVz9GgkBeNMYag3SO731DYSkjRC
 MYK85arNC1JUE/MHQKIfYQvjiJVfEyt2FvC8v9tW+bhzP6dAzxRY0yd8ZFJtCiYH
 GFGy8vdeCA/0dFRD5cYKPKBiFwUbRC8bt2lLC5ZoUic2nZ23LlO67uDkaPDRYckt
 oyhErFRX6Q/goqKFCI4tLUoSBF1bhy9EnbWyOWmcW7qpXRD3VCclS0Ctr++yJnv2
 bhhlID56f+dX+rnW/OAERrk8MdVHo5xBUzQ8ZAAF3WDP9LqW+qlYVrEvrFqFIeFM
 OCGUbW2xsZaHMZRyx0K6068hy8O4EujjgC9PARi65rrZAAwxlDm4ElJEYvzXZVXA
 YoMeXiZGrhoj7+h8OorV0TyB+7mUgxFNlq0tCoi193QS+zIuQqf3XYNmuQGCUflF
 YdzZs7/9LpANN4e5yDTCq3CIr8yYv9sRrdnSX0iShvbFBAKClLxpjj2xkpayHFVR
 8CRvlb5O1v1fIwSn2z/I
 =D5Ix
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'shared-for-4.10-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-10-25

This series contains some updates and fixes of mlx5 core and
IB drivers with the addition of two features that demand
new low level commands and infrastructure updates.
 - SRIOV VF max rate limit support
 - mlx5e tc support for FWD rules with counter.

Needed for both net and rdma subsystems.

Updates and Fixes:
From Saeed Mahameed (2):
  - mlx5 IB: Skip handling unknown mlx5 events
  - Add ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VF device ID

From Artemy Kovalyov (2):
  - Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
  - Ensure SRQ physical address structure endianness

From Eugenia Emantayev (1):
  - Fix length of async_event_mask

New Features:
From Mohamad Haj Yahia (3): mlx5 SRIOV VF max rate limit support
  - Introduce TSAR manipulation firmware commands
  - Introduce E-switch QoS management
  - Add SRIOV VF max rate configuration support

From Mark Bloch (7): mlx5e Tc support for FWD rule with counter
  - Don't unlock fte while still using it
  - Use fte status to decide on firmware command
  - Refactor find_flow_rule
  - Group similar rules under the same fte
  - Add multi dest support
  - Add option to add fwd rule with counter
  - mlx5e tc support for FWD rule with counter
  Mark here fixed two trivial issues with the flow steering core, and did
  some refactoring in the flow steering API to support adding mulit destination
  rules to the same hardware flow table entry at once.  In the last two patches
  added the ability to populate a flow rule with a flow counter to the same flow entry.

V2: Dropped some patches that added new structures without adding any usage of them.
    Added SRIOV VF max rate configuration support patch that introduces
    the usage of the TSAR infrastructure.
    Added flow steering fixes and refactoring in addition to mlx5 tc
    support for forward rule with counter.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 17:31:12 -04:00
Elad Raz
d1ba526384 mlxsw: switchib: Introduce SwitchIB and SwitchIB silicon driver
SwitchIB and SwitchIB-2 are Infiniband switches with up to 36 ports. This
driver initialize the hardware and Firmware which implements the IB
management and connection with the SM.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
64b92b0114 mlxsw: switchx2: Add IB port support
SwitchX-2 is IB capable device. This patch add a support to change the
port type between Ethernet and Infiniband.

When the port is set to IB, the FW implements the Subnet Management Agent
(SMA) manage the port. All port attributes can be control remotely by
the SM.

Usage:
	$ devlink port show
	pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth0
	pci/0000:03:00.0/3: type eth netdev eth1
	pci/0000:03:00.0/5: type eth netdev eth2
	pci/0000:03:00.0/6: type eth netdev eth3
	pci/0000:03:00.0/8: type eth netdev eth4

	$ devlink port set pci/0000:03:00.0/1 type ib

	$ devlink port show
	pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type ib

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
03ddb787c7 mlxsw: switchx2: Add eth prefix to port create and remove
Since we are about to add Infiniband port remove and create we will add
"eth" prefix to port create and remove APIs.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
0c81ea5db2 mlxsw: core: Add port type (Eth/IB) set API
Add "port_type_set" API to mlxsw core. The core layer send the change type
callback to the port along with it's private information.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
d808c7e490 mlxsw: core: Add "eth" prefix to mlxsw_core_port_set
Since we are about to introduce IB port APIs, we will add prefixes to
existing APIs.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
c68b71cb2f mlxsw: switchx2: Add Infiniband switch partition
In order to put a port in Infiniband fabric it should be assigned
to separate swid (Switch partition) that initialized as IB swid.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
67963a33b4 mlxsw: Make devlink port instances independent of spectrum/switchx2 port instances
Currently, devlink register/unregister is done directly from
spectrum/switchx2 port create/remove functions. With a need to
introduce a port type change, the devlink port instances have to be
persistent across type changes, therefore across port create/remove
function calls. So do a bit of reshuffling to achieve that.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
7136793e4a mlxsw: reg: Add local-port to Infiniband port mapping
In order to change a port type to Infiniband port we should change his
mapping from local-port to Infiniband. Adding the PLIB (Port Local to
InfiniBand) allows this mapping.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
794177027b mlxsw: reg: Add Infiniband support to PTYS
In order to support Infiniband fabric, we need to introduce IB speeds and
capabilities to PTYS emads.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
401c8b4e3c mlxsw: reg: Add eth prefix to PTYS pack and unpack
We want to add Infiniband support to PTYS. In order to maintain proper
conventions, we will change pack and unpack prefix to eth.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
10dbf8f8ec mlxsw: switchx2: Fix port speed configuration
In SwitchX-2 we configure the port speed to negotiate with 40G link only.
Add support for all other supported speeds.

Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
e50e789ce1 mlxsw: switchx2: Add support for physical port names
Export to userspace the front panel name of the port, so that udev can
rename the ports accordingly. The convention suggested by switchdev
documentation is used: pX

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
f83e21027b mlxsw: spectrum: Move port used check outside port remove function
Be symmentrical with create and do the check outside the remove function.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
adc4e04a4b mlxsw: switchx2: Move port used check outside port remove function
Be symmentrical with create and do the check outside the remove function.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
abc1de256c mlxsw: switchx2: Check if port is usable before calling port create
Do it in a same way we do it in spectrum. Check if port is usable first
and only in that case create a port instance.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
Elad Raz
5b0907407e mlxsw: core: Zero payload buffers for couple of registers
We recently discovered a bug in the firmware in which a field's length in
one of the registers was incorrectly set. This caused the firmware to
access garbage data that wasn't initialized by the driver and therefore
emit error messages.

While the bug is already fixed and the driver usually zeros the buffers
passed to the firmware, there are a handful of cases where this isn't
done. Zero the buffer in these cases and prevent similar bugs from
recurring, as they tend to be hard to debug.

Fixes: 52581961d8 ("mlxsw: core: Implement fan control using hwmon")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 16:50:17 -04:00
David S. Miller
27058af401 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Mostly simple overlapping changes.

For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 12:42:58 -04:00
Mark Bloch
e37a79e5d4 net/mlx5e: Add tc support for FWD rule with counter
When creating a FWD rule using tc create also a HW counter
for this rule.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:18 +02:00
Mark Bloch
ae05831424 net/mlx5: Add option to add fwd rule with counter
Currently the code supports only drop rules to possess counters,
add that ability also for fwd rules.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:17 +02:00
Mark Bloch
74491de937 net/mlx5: Add multi dest support
Currently when calling mlx5_add_flow_rule we accept
only one flow destination, this commit allows to pass
multiple destinations.

This change forces us to change the return structure to a more
flexible one. We introduce a flow handle (struct mlx5_flow_handle),
it holds internally the number for rules created and holds an array
where each cell points the to a flow rule.

From the consumers (of mlx5_add_flow_rule) point of view this
change is only cosmetic and requires only to change the type
of the returned value they store.

From the core point of view, we now need to use a loop when
allocating and deleting rules (e.g given to us a flow handler).

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:17 +02:00
Mark Bloch
a622498577 net/mlx5: Group similer rules under the same fte
When adding a new rule, if we can match it with compare_match_value and
flow tag we might be able to insert the rule to the same fte.
In order to do that, there must be an overlap between the actions of the
fte and the new rule.

When updating the action of an existing fte, we must tell the firmware
we are doing so.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:16 +02:00
Mark Bloch
814fb87541 net/mlx5: Refactor find_flow_rule
The way we compare between two dests will need to be used in other
places in the future, so we factor out the comparison logic
between two dests into a separate function.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:15 +02:00
Mark Bloch
0501fc477c net/mlx5: Use fte status to decide on firmware command
An fte status becomes FS_FTE_STATUS_EXISTING only after it was
created in HW. We can use this in order to simplify the logic on
what firmware command to use. If the status isn't FS_FTE_STATUS_EXISTING
we need to create the fte, otherwise we need only to update it.

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:15 +02:00
Mark Bloch
0fd758d611 net/mlx5: Don't unlock fte while still using it
When adding a new rule to an fte, we need to hold the fte lock
until we add that rule to the fte and increase the fte ref count.

Fixes: 0c56b97503 ("net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering API")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:14 +02:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
bd77bf1cb5 net/mlx5: Add SRIOV VF max rate configuration support
Implement the vf set rate ndo by modifying the TSAR vport rate limit.

Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:13 +02:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
1bd27b11c1 net/mlx5: Introduce E-switch QoS management
Add TSAR to the eswitch which will act as the vports rate limiter.
Create/Destroy TSAR on Enable/Dsiable SRIOV.
Attach/Detach vport to eswitch TSAR on Enable/Disable vport.

Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:13 +02:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
813f854053 net/mlx5: Introduce TSAR manipulation firmware commands
TSAR (stands for Transmit Scheduling ARbiter) is a hardware component
that is responsible for selecting the next entity to serve on the
transmit path.
The arbitration defines the QoS policy between the agents connected to
the TSAR.
The TSAR is a consist two main features:
1) BW Allocation between agents:
The TSAR implements a defecit weighted round robin between the agents.
Each agent attached to the TSAR is assigned with a weight and it is
awarded transmission tokens according to this weight.
2) Rate limer per agent:
Each agent attached to the TSAR is (optionally) assigned with a rate
limit.
TSAR will not allow scheduling for an agent exceeding its defined rate
limit.

In this patch we implement the API of manipulating the TSAR.

Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:12 +02:00
Saeed Mahameed
86490d9a59 net/mlx5: Add ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VF device ID
For the mlx5 driver to support ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VFs, we add the
device ID "0x101a" to mlx5_core_pci_table.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:12 +02:00
Eugenia Emantayev
6887a825dc net/mlx5: Fix length of async_event_mask
According to PRM async_event_mask have to be 64 bits long.

Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
2016-10-30 15:43:11 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
2a26d99b25 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
 "Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.

   1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
      Khoroshilov.

   2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
      Pedersen.

   3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
      Ard Biesheuvel.

   4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.

   5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.

   6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.

   7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.

   8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.

   9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.

  10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.

  11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
      Shan.

  12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.

  13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
      deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.

  14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.

  15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.

  16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.

  17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.

  18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
      Leitner.

  19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
      Moore.

  20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.

  21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.

  22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
      Pravin Shelar"

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
  geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
  vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
  qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
  net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
  enic: fix rq disable
  tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
  ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
  ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
  Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
  arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
  net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
  net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
  net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
  net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
  net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
  net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
  net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
  net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
  net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
  net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
  ...
2016-10-29 20:33:20 -07:00
Mintz, Yuval
087892d29b qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
Driver allocates a shadow array for transmitted SKBs with X entries;
That means valid indices are {0,...,X - 1}. [X == 8191]
Problem is the driver also uses X as a mask for a
producer/consumer in order to choose the right entry in the
array which allows access to entry X which is out of bounds.

To fix this, simply allocate X + 1 entries in the shadow array.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 20:51:46 -04:00
Govindarajulu Varadarajan
9fe1c98ac9 enic: fix rq disable
When MTU is changed from 9000 to 1500 while there is burst of inbound 9000
bytes packets, adaptor sometimes delivers 9000 bytes packets to 1500 bytes
buffers. This causes memory corruption and sometimes crash.

This is because of a race condition in adaptor between "RQ disable"
clearing descriptor mini-cache and mini-cache valid bit being set by
completion of descriptor fetch. This can result in stale RQ desc being
cached and used when packets arrive. In this case, the stale descriptor
have old MTU value.

Solution is to write RQ->disable twice. The first write will stop any
further desc fetches, allowing the second disable to clear the mini-cache
valid bit without danger of a race.

Also, the check for rq->running becoming 0 after writing rq->enable to 0
is not done properly. When incoming packets are flooding the interface,
rq->running will pulse high for each dropped packet. Since the driver was
waiting for 10us between each poll, it is possible to see rq->running = 1
1000 times in a row, even though it is not actually stuck running.
This results in false failure of vnic_rq_disable(). Fix is to try more
than 1000 time without delay between polls to ensure we do not miss when
running goes low.

In old adaptors rq->enable needs to be re-written to 0 when posted_index
is reset in vnic_rq_clean() in order to keep rq->prefetch_index in sync.

Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:23:39 -04:00
Thomas Falcon
8bf371e6ad ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:18:46 -04:00
Thomas Falcon
9888d7b02c ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Schedule these XPORT event tasks in the shared workqueue
so that IRQs are not freed in an interrupt context when
sub-CRQs are released.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:18:46 -04:00
David S. Miller
dbc34e73c2 Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
This reverts commit 8d7533e5aa.

It introduced kbuild failures, new version coming.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:18:17 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
9769905693 rocker: set physical device for port netdevice
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:15:44 -04:00
David S. Miller
4c96f5b19c Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/net-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-27

This series contains fixes to ixgbe and i40e.

Emil fixes a NULL pointer dereference when a macvlan interface is brought
up while the PF is still down.

David root caused the original panic that was fixed by commit id
(a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP") and the
fix was not quite correct, so removed the get_default_tc() and replaced
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as a default.

Guilherme Piccoli fixes an issue where if we modprobe the driver module
without enough MSI-X interrupts, then unload the module and reload it
again, the kernel would crash.  So if we fail to allocate enough MSI-X
interrupts, we should disable them since they were previously enabled.

Huaibin Wang found that the order of the arguments for
ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink() were in the correct order, so fix the order.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:14:19 -04:00
Tariq Toukan
eb4b678825 net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
Following the previous patch, as an optimization, the slave will
not even bother sending the DUMP_ETH_STATS command over the
comm channel.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Jack Morgenstein
d2582a0393 net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS took the *counter mutex* and then
called the FW command, with WRAPPED attribute. As a result, the fw command
is wrapped on the Hypervisor when it calls mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS.
The FW command wrapper flow on the hypervisor takes the *slave_cmd_mutex*
during processing.

At the same time, a VF could be in the process of coming up, and could
call mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP.  On the hypervisor, the command flow takes the
*slave_cmd_mutex*, then executes mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP_wrapper.
mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP wrapper calls mlx4_get_default_counter_index(),
which takes the *counter mutex*. DEADLOCK.

The fix is that the DUMP_ETH_STATS fw command should be called with
the NATIVE attribute, so that on the hypervisor, this command does not
enter the wrapper flow.

Since the Hypervisor no longer goes through the wrapper code, we also
simply return 0 in mlx4_DUMP_ETH_STATS_wrapper (i.e.the function succeeds,
but the returned data will be all zeroes).
No need to test if it is the Hypervisor going through the wrapper.

Fixes: f9baff509f ("mlx4_core: Add "native" argument to mlx4_cmd ...")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Eugenia Emantayev
6f2e0d2c3b net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
Currently interrupt test that is part of ethtool selftest runs the
check over all interrupt vectors of the device.
In mlx4_en package part of interrupt vectors are uninitialized since
mlx4_ib doesn't exist. This causes NOP FW command to time out.
Change logic to test current port interrupt vectors only.

Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Jack Morgenstein
81d184199e net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
In the Hypervisor, there are several FW commands which are invoked
before the comm channel is initialized (in mlx4_multi_func_init).
These include MOD_STAT_CONFIG, QUERY_DEV_CAP, INIT_HCA, and others.

If any of these commands fails, say with a timeout, the Hypervisor
driver enters the internal error reset flow. In this flow, the driver
attempts to notify all slaves via the comm channel that an internal error
has occurred.

Since the comm channel has not yet been initialized (i.e., mapped via
ioremap), this will cause dereferencing a NULL pointer.

To fix this, do not access the comm channel in the internal error flow
if it has not yet been initialized.

Fixes: 55ad359225 ("net/mlx4_core: Enable device recovery flow with SRIOV")
Fixes: ab9c17a009 ("mlx4_core: Modify driver initialization flow to accommodate SRIOV for Ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Eugenia Emantayev
9d2afba058 net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
Fix a kernel panic that occurs as a result of an asynchronous event
handled in roce_gid_mgmt:
mlx4_en_get_drvinfo is called and accesses freed resources.

This happens in a shutdown flow only, since pci device is destroyed
while netdevice is still alive.

Fixes: c27a02cd94 ("mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC")
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Erez Shitrit
8d59de8f7b net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
Currently there is a race between incoming traffic and
initialization flow. HW is able to receive the packets
after INIT_PORT is done and unicast steering is configured.
Before we set priv->port_up NAPI is not scheduled and
receive queues become full. Therefore we never get
new interrupts about the completions.
This issue could happen if running heavy traffic during
bringing port up.
The resolution is to schedule NAPI once port_up is set.
If receive queues were full this will process all cqes
and release them.

Fixes: c27a02cd94 ("mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC")
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Eugenia Emantayev
4850cf4581 net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
When doing roundup_pow_of_two for large enough number with
bit 31, an overflow will occur and a value equal to 1 will
be returned. In this case 1 will be subtracted from the return
value and division by zero will be reached.

Fixes: 31c128b66e ("net/mlx4_en: Choose time-stamping shift value according to HW frequency")
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Moshe Lazer
72da2e911f net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
Change the default status of quality of service back to disabled,
as it hurts performance in some cases.

Fixes: 38438f7c7e ("net/mlx4: Set enhanced QoS support by default when ...")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Lazer <moshel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb
33a1f8b196 net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
When only one port type is supported, it should be read only.
We reject changing requests, even to the auto sense mode.

Fixes: 27bf91d6a0 ("mlx4_core: Add link type autosensing")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Jack Morgenstein
aa0c08feae net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
The resource type enum in the resource tracker was incorrect.
RES_EQ was put in the position of RES_NPORT_ID (a FC resource).

Since the remaining resources maintain their current values,
and RES_EQ is not passed from slaves to the hypervisor in any
FW command, this change affects only the hypervisor.
Therefore, there is no backwards-compatibility issue.

Fixes: 623ed84b1f ("mlx4_core: initial header-file changes for SRIOV support")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 16:23:48 -04:00
Thomas Falcon
8d7533e5aa ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Schedule these XPORT event tasks in the shared workqueue
so that IRQs are not freed in an interrupt context when
sub-CRQs are released.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 15:12:26 -04:00
Jason Gunthorpe
fd33b2447b net: mv643xx_eth: Fetch the phy connection type from DT
The MAC is capable of RGMII mode and that is probably a more typical
connection type than GMII today (eg it is used by Marvell Reference
designs for several SOCs). Let DT users specify the standard

   phy-connection-type = "rgmii-id";

On a phy node.

Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 15:11:36 -04:00
Ganesh Goudar
166e6045ca cxgb4: Fix error handling in alloc_uld_rxqs().
Fix to release resources properly in error handling path of
alloc_uld_rxqs(), This patch also removes unwanted arguments
and avoids calling the same function twice.

Fixes: 94cdb8bb99 (cxgb4: Add support for dynamic allocation
       of resources for ULD
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 14:56:26 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann
a4256bc9ec IB/mlx4: avoid a -Wmaybe-uninitialize warning
There is an old warning about mlx4_SW2HW_EQ_wrapper on x86:

ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function ‘mlx4_SW2HW_EQ_wrapper’:
ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3071:10: error: ‘eq’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]

The problem here is that gcc won't track the state of the variable
across a spin_unlock. Moving the assignment out of the lock is
safe here and avoids the warning.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 14:53:48 -04:00
Noa Osherovich
6b276190c5 net/mlx5: Avoid passing dma address 0 to firmware
Currently the firmware can't work with a page with dma address 0.
Passing such an address to the firmware will cause the give_pages
command to fail.

To avoid this, in case we get a 0 dma address of a page from the
dma engine, we avoid passing it to FW by remapping to get an address
other than 0.

Fixes: bf0bf77f65 ('mlx5: Support communicating arbitrary host...')
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
04c0c1ab38 net/mlx5: PCI error recovery health care simulation
In case that the kernel PCI error handlers are not called, we will
trigger our own recovery flow.

The health work will give priority to the kernel pci error handlers to
recover the PCI by waiting for a small period, if the pci error handlers
are not triggered the manual recovery flow will be executed.

We don't save pci state in case of manual recovery because it will ruin the
pci configuration space and we will lose dma sync.

Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
05ac2c0b74 net/mlx5: Fix race between PCI error handlers and health work
Currently there is a race between the health care work and the kernel
pci error handlers because both of them detect the error, the first one
to be called will do the error handling.
There is a chance that health care will disable the pci after resuming
pci slot.
Also create a separate WQ because now we will have two types of health
works, one for the error detection and one for the recovery.

Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
2241007b3d net/mlx5: Clear health sick bit when starting health poll
The health sick status should be cleared when we start the health poll.
This is crucial for driver reload (unload + load) in order to behave
right in case of health issue.

Fixes: fd76ee4da5 ('net/mlx5_core: Fix internal error detection conditions')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
247f139cda net/mlx5: Change the acl enable prototype to return status
The Ingress/Egress ACL enable function may fail and it should return
status to its caller to avoid NULL pointer dereference.

Fixes: f942380c12 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Vport ingress/egress ACLs rules for spoofchk')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Mohamad Haj Yahia
5e1e93c704 net/mlx5e: Unregister netdev before detaching it
Detaching the netdev before unregistering it cause some netdev cleanup
ndos to fail because they check presence of the netdev, so we need to
unregister the netdev first.

Fixes: 26e59d8077 ('net/mlx5e: Implement mlx5e interface attach/detach callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed
2b02955666 net/mlx5e: Choose best nearest LRO timeout
Instead of predicting the index of the wanted LRO timeout value from
hardware capabilities, look for the nearest LRO timeout value.

Fixes: 5c50368f38 ('net/mlx5e: Light-weight netdev open/stop')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Paul Blakey
e83d6955fe net/mlx5: Correctly initialize last use of flow counters
Currently, last use timestamp is initialized to zero.
This is not the expected value by higher layers such as
when we do TC action offloading. To fix that, set it to
the current time, e.g when the counter/rule is offloaded.
This is the same behaviour of non-offloaded TC actions.

Fixes: 43a335e055 ('mlx5_core: Flow counters infrastructure')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Paul Blakey
32dba76a7a net/mlx5: Fix autogroups groups num not decreasing
Autogroups groups num is increased when creating a new flow group,
but is never decreased.

Now decreasing it when deleting a flow group.

Fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped flow table')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Paul Blakey
eccec8da3b net/mlx5: Keep autogroups list ordered
Finding a new autogroup range is done by going over a group list
sorted by each group start index. The search is stopped after finding
the first free range. Adding the newly created group to the list is
wrongly added to the end of the list regardless of its start index as
the parameter of where to insert it is ignored.

This commit makes sure to use that unused parameter to insert
it where requested.

Fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped flow table')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Daniel Jurgens
bba1574c2f net/mlx5: Always Query HCA caps after setting them
Always query the HCA caps after setting them to update the capablities
data structures. Not doing so results in incorrect capabilities being
reported including max_dc, max_qp and several others.

Fixes: 59211bd3b6 ("net/mlx5: Split the load/unload flow into hardware
and software flows")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Daniel Jurgens
b47bd6ea40 {net, ib}/mlx5: Make cache line size determination at runtime.
ARM 64B cache line systems have L1_CACHE_BYTES set to 128.
cache_line_size() will return the correct size.

Fixes: cf50b5efa2fe('net/mlx5_core/ib: New device capabilities
handling.')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 12:00:39 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
5d4ca23e58 i40e: Clean up handling of msglevel flags and debug parameter
So the i40e driver had a really convoluted configuration for how to handle
the debug flags contained in msg_level.  Part of the issue is that the
driver has its own 32 bit mask that it was using to track a separate set of
debug features.  From what I can tell it was trying to use the upper 4 bits
to determine if the value was meant to represent a bit-mask or the numeric
value provided by debug level.

What this patch does is clean this up by compressing those 4 bits into bit
31, as a result we just have to perform a check against the value being
negative to determine if we are looking at a debug level (positive), or a
debug mask (negative).  The debug level will populate the msg_level, and
the debug mask will populate the debug_mask in the hardware struct.

I added similar logic for ethtool.  If the value being provided has bit 31
set we assume the value being provided is a debug mask, otherwise we assume
it is a msg_enable mask.  For displaying we only provide the msg_enable,
and if debug_mask is in use we will print it to the dmesg log.

Lastly I removed the debugfs interface.  It is redundant with what we
already have in ethtool and really doesn't belong anyway.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
David Ertman
c17ef430b9 i40e: Fix bit logic error in failure case
Patch a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP"
introduced an error in bit logic.

Originally this bit manipulation was meant to clear two bits to indicate
that DCB was not enabled or capable. An "&" was incorrectly used instead
of an "|" bit operator to combine the two bitmasks into one.  This also
created a static checker error since the resultant code was a no-op.

This patch fixes the error by using the correct bit-wise operator.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Bimmy Pujari
cf465fe750 i40e/i40evf: Changed version from 1.6.19 to 1.6.21
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Filip Sadowski
53cb6e9e89 i40e: Removal of workaround for simple MAC address filter deletion
This is code refactoring. This patch removes the workaround which deleted
a default MAC filter added by the firmware when the interface was brought
up. This filter caused frames to pass disregarding the VLAN tagging.
It used to be automatically applied after reset in pre-SRA FW versions.
This workaround is not needed in production NICs and hence can be removed.

Change-ID: I129fe1aae1f17b5a224c9b29a996d916aa1be1ec
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Carolyn Wyborny
ab425cb7ff i40e: Fix for long link down notification time
This patch fixes a problem where it could take a very
long time (>100 msec) to print the link down notification.
This problem is fixed by changing how often we update link
info from fw, when link is down. Without this patch, it can
take over 100msec to notify user link is down.

Change-ID: Ib876eb30834c7080792becd13ee093b9cbb35d78
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
99dad8b34c i40e: Drop redundant Rx descriptor processing code
This patch cleans up several pieces of redundant code in the Rx clean-up
paths.

The first bit is that hdr_addr and the status_err_len portions of the Rx
descriptor represent the same value.  As such there is no point in setting
them to 0 before setting them to 0.  I'm dropping the second spot where we
are updating the value to 0 so that we only have 1 write for this value
instead of 2.

The second piece is the checking for the DD bit in the packet.  We only
need to check for a non-zero value for the status_err_len because if the
device is done with the descriptor it will have written something back and
the DD is just one piece of it.  In addition I have moved the reading of
the Rx descriptor bits related to rx_ptype down so that they are actually
below the dma_rmb() call so that we are guaranteed that we don't have any
funky 64b on 32b calls causing any ordering issues.

Change-ID: I256e44a025d3c64a7224aaaec37c852bfcb1871b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Lihong Yang
128150576f i40e: fix confusing dmesg info for ethtool -L option
Ethtool -L option with the combined parameter is for changing the number of
multi-purpose channels of the specified network device. The pre-set maximum
for the combined channels is cpu dependent. Currently, for an i40e device,
when the user sets a value between 64 and the maximum that the cpu can
support for the combined parameter, the i40e driver displays the confusing
info in dmesg to only show 64 as the RSS count regardless of what the
accepted user input is as long as it is larger than 64.

This patch fixes the message in the i40e driver when the user uses
ethtool -L to change the number of the combined channels to consistently
display the user requested value if it is valid and accepted by ethtool.

Change-ID: Ia80a68bc844b779a49e0f76e7d3dcc915032d9af
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Joe Perches
fe180a5e27 i40e: Make struct i40e_stats const
Move some data to text

$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  25012	      0	     32	  25044	   61d4	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.new
  22868	   2120	     32	  25020	   61bc	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Bimmy Pujari
4adbb642ea i40e/i40evf: Changed version from 1.6.16 to 1.6.19
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alan Brady
96db776a36 i40e/i40evf: fix interrupt affinity bug
There exists a bug in which a 'perfect storm' can occur and cause
interrupts to fail to be correctly affinitized. This causes unexpected
behavior and has a substantial impact on performance when it happens.

The bug occurs if there is heavy traffic, any number of CPUs that have
an i40e interrupt are pegged at 100%, and the interrupt afffinity for
those CPUs is changed.  Instead of moving to the new CPU, the interrupt
continues to be polled while there is heavy traffic.

The bug is most readily realized as the driver is first brought up and
all interrupts start on CPU0. If there is heavy traffic and the
interrupt starts polling before the interrupt is affinitized, the
interrupt will be stuck on CPU0 until traffic stops. The bug, however,
can also be wrought out more simply by affinitizing all the interrupts
to a single CPU and then attempting to move any of those interrupts off
while there is heavy traffic.

This patch fixes the bug by registering for update notifications from
the kernel when the interrupt affinity changes. When that fires, we
cache the intended affinity mask. Then, while polling, if the cpu is
pegged at 100% and we failed to clean the rings, we check to make sure
we have the correct affinity and stop polling if we're firing on the
wrong CPU.  When the kernel successfully moves the interrupt, it will
start polling on the correct CPU. The performance impact is minimal
since the only time this section gets executed is when performance is
already compromised by the CPU.

Change-ID: I4410a880159b9dba1f8297aa72bef36dca34e830
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Preethi Banala
6d6fd1be2a i40e: group base mode VF offload flags
Group together the minimum set of offload capabilities that are always
supported by VF in base mode. This define would be used by PF to make
sure VF in base mode gets minimum of base capabilities .

Change-ID: Id5e8f22ba169c8f0a38d22fc36b2cb531c02582c
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Mitch Williams
7be96322a5 i40e: reopen client after reset
Allow the client interface to reopen existing clients if they were
closed. This allows clients to recover from reset, which is essential
for supporting VF RDMA. In one instance, the driver was not clearing the
open bit when the client was closed. Add the code to clear this bit so
that the state is accurate and the driver will not attempt to reopen
already-open clients. Remove the ref_cnt variable; it was just getting
in the way and was not being used consistently.

Change-ID: Ic71af4553b096963ac0c56a997f887c9a4ed162d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e1da71ca88 i40e: Drop code for unsupported flow types
We cannot currently support SCTP in the hardware, and IPV4_FLOW is not used
anywhere by the software so we can go through and drop the functionality
related to these two flow types.

In addition we cannot support masking based on the protocol value so if the
user is expecting a value other than TCP or UDP we should simply return an
error rather then trying to allocate a filter for a rule that will only
partially match what the user requested.

Change-ID: I10d52bb97d8104d76255fe244551814ff9531a63
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
dc7621205a i40e: Remove unused function i40e_vsi_lookup
The function is not used so there is no need to carry it forward.  I have
plans to add a slightly different function that can be inlined to handle
the same kind of functionality.

Change-ID: Ie2dfcb189dc75e5fbc156bac23003e3b4210ae0f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Filip Sadowski
7ed3573223 i40e: Bit test mask correction
Incorrect bit mask was used for testing "get link status" response.
Instead of I40E_AQ_LSE_ENABLE (which is actually 0x03) it most probably
should be I40E_AQ_LSE_IS_ENABLED (which is defined as 0x01).

Change-ID: Ia199142906720507f847de3a33a25c61a9781b2f
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
ed245406da i40e: Rewrite Flow Director busy wait loop
We can reorder the busy wait loop at the start of the Flow Director
transmit function to reduce the overall code size while still retaining the
same functionality.  As such I am taking advantage of the opportunity to do
so.

Change-ID: I34c403ca001953c6ac9816e65d5305e73d869026
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Carolyn Wyborny
c73d2e8462 i40e: Fix client interaction
This patch fixes a problem in the client interface that
was causing random stack traces in RDMA driver load and
unload tests.  This patch fixes the problem by checking
for an existing client before trying to open it.  Without
this patch, there is a timing related null pointer deref.

Change-ID: Ib73d30671a27f6f9770dd53b3e5292b88d6b62da
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
71fac305fb mlxsw: switchx2: Set physical device for port netdevice
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:45:52 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
f20a91f1cc mlxsw: spectrum: Set physical device for port netdevice
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:45:52 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
1d20d23c59 mlxsw: Move PCI id table definitions into driver modules
So far, mlxsw_pci.ko is the module that registers PCI table for all
drivers (spectrum and switchx2). That is problematic for example with
dracut. Since mlxsw_spectrum.ko and mlxsw_switchx2.ko are loaded
dynamically from within mlxsw_core.ko, dracut does not have track of
them and avoids them from being included in initramfs.

So make this in an ordinary way and define the PCI tables in individual
driver modules, so it can be properly loaded and included in dracut
initramfs image. As a side effect, this patch could remove no longer
necessary driver "kind" strings which were used to link PCI ids with
individual mlxsw drivers.

Suggested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:45:52 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
62e86f9e82 mlxsw: pci: Rename header with HW definitions
pci.h needs to be used for inner function declarations. So move the
original one to more appropriate name, pci_hw.h.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:45:51 -04:00
Ido Schimmel
8c9583a81c mlxsw: spectrum: Remove extra whitespace
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:45:51 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
8b99becdc8 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Compare only trees which are in use during tree get
Only trees which are in use should be compared to requested prefix usage.

Fixes: 53342023ee ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement LPM trees management")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:43:56 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
2083d36790 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Save requested prefix bitlist when creating tree
Currently, the prefix bitlist is not saved for LPM trees, causing the
compare to always fail which causes the tree to be destroyed and created
for every inserted and removed FIB entry. So fix this by saving
the bitlist as it should have been done from the very beginning.

Fixes: 53342023ee ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement LPM trees management")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-28 13:43:56 -04:00
Huaibin Wang
599b076d15 i40e: fix call of ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink()
Order of arguments is wrong.
The wrong code has been introduced by commit 7d4f8d871a, but is compiled
only since commit 9df70b6641.

Note that this may break netlink dumps.

Fixes: 9df70b6641 ("i40e: Remove incorrect #ifdef's")
Fixes: 7d4f8d871a ("switchdev; add VLAN support for port's bridge_getlink")
CC: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:12:52 -07:00
Guilherme G Piccoli
4c95aa5d8f i40e: disable MSI-X interrupts if we cannot reserve enough vectors
If we fail on allocating enough MSI-X interrupts, we should disable
them since they were previously enabled in this point of code.

Not disabling them can lead to WARN_ON() being triggered and subsequent
failure in enabling MSI as a fallback; the below message was shown without
this patch while we played with interrupt allocation in i40e driver:

[ 21.461346] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/pci0007:00/0007:00:00.0/0007:01:00.3/msi_irqs'
[ 21.461459] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 21.461514] WARNING: CPU: 64 PID: 1155 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x88/0xc0

Also, we noticed that without this patch, if we modprobe the module without
enough MSI-X interrupts (triggering the above warning), unload the module
and re-load it again, we got a crash on the system.

Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:10:49 -07:00
David Ertman
ea6acb7ef7 i40e: Fix configure TCs after initial DCB disable
in commit a036244c06 a fix
was put into place to avoid a kernel panic when a non-
supported traffic class configuration was put into place
and then lldp was enabled/disabled on the link partner
switch.  This fix caused it to be necessary to
unload/reload the driver to reenable DCB once a supported
TC config was in place.

The root cause of the original panic was that the function
i40e_pf_get_default_tc was allowing for a default TC other
than TC 0, and only TC 0 is supported as a default.

This patch removes the get_default_tc function and replaces
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as
a default.

Change-Id: I448371974e946386d0a7718d73668b450b7c72ef
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:08:56 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
a3b8cb1f84 ixgbe: fix panic when using macvlan with l2-fwd-offload enabled
Fix NULL pointer dereference in the case where a macvlan interface is
brought up while the PF is still down:

BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: [<ffffffffa0170fb2>] ixgbe_alloc_rx_buffers+0x42/0x1a0 [ixgbe]

Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa017336b>] ixgbe_configure_rx_ring+0x2eb/0x3d0 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0173811>] ixgbe_fwd_ring_up+0xd1/0x380 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0179709>] ixgbe_fwd_add+0x149/0x230 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0113480>] macvlan_open+0x260/0x2b0 [macvlan]

Reported-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:07:21 -07:00
Colin Ian King
c121f72a66 net: bgmac: fix spelling mistake: "connecton" -> "connection"
trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-27 16:37:24 -04:00
Stefan Richter
110447f826 ethernet: fix min/max MTU typos
Fixes: d894be57ca92('ethernet: use net core MTU range checking in more drivers')
CC: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-27 16:18:50 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
e2897b8238 net: netcp: add missing of_node_put() in netcp_probe()
This node pointer is returned by of_get_child_by_name() with refcount
incremented in this function. of_node_put() on it before exitting this
function.

This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:21:59 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
f850b4a77d net: ena: use setup_timer() and mod_timer()
Use setup_timer() instead of init_timer(), being the preferred/standard
way to set a timer up.

Also, quoting the mod_timer() function comment:
-> mod_timer() is a more efficient way to update the expire field of an
   active timer (if the timer is inactive it will be activated).

Use setup_timer and mod_timer to setup and arm a timer, to make the code
cleaner and easier to read.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:21:59 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
675a6ceefc amd-xgbe: Fix error return code in xgbe_probe()
Fix to return error code -ENODEV from the DMA is not supported error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:21:59 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
0942170f32 net: ns83820: use dev_kfree_skb_irq instead of kfree_skb
It is not allowed to call kfree_skb() from hardware interrupt
context or with interrupts being disabled, spin_lock_irqsave()
make sure always in irq disable context. So the kfree_skb()
should be replaced with dev_kfree_skb_irq().

This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:21:59 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
a24a9d7aca net: eth: altera: Fix error return code in altera_tse_probe()
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:21:59 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
1aaa87aff6 net: netcp: drop kfree for memory allocated with devm_kzalloc
It's not necessary to free memory allocated with devm_kzalloc in the
remove path and using kfree leads to a double free.

Fixes: 84640e27f2 ("net: netcp: Add Keystone NetCP core ethernet
driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:21:59 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
92d230dd8c rocker: fix error return code in rocker_world_check_init()
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.

Fixes: e420114eef ("rocker: introduce worlds infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-26 17:20:36 -04:00
Fabio Estevam
235bde1ed3 net: fec: Call swap_buffer() prior to IP header alignment
Commit 3ac72b7b63 ("net: fec: align IP header in hardware") breaks
networking on mx28.

There is an erratum on mx28 (ENGR121613 - ENET big endian mode
not compatible with ARM little endian) that requires an additional
byte-swap operation to workaround this problem.

So call swap_buffer() prior to performing the IP header alignment
to restore network functionality on mx28.

Fixes: 3ac72b7b63 ("net: fec: align IP header in hardware")
Reported-and-tested-by: Henri Roosen <henri.roosen@ginzinger.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:41:41 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
a6e2846cac bnx2x: Use the correct divisor value for PHC clock readings.
Time Sync (PTP) implementation uses the divisor/shift value for converting
the clock ticks to nanoseconds. Driver currently defines shift value as 1,
this results in the nanoseconds value to be calculated as half the actual
value. Hence the user application fails to synchronize the device clock
value with the PTP master device clock. Need to use the 'shift' value of 0.

Signed-off-by: Sony.Chacko <Sony.Chacko@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:34:41 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
c1a3831121 mlxsw: Convert resources into array
Since the number of resources is going to get much bigger, ease up the
addition by simly defining IDs. Convert the existing structure members
to a set array, one for validity, one for values. Introduce a set of
getters and setters for easy access.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:21:29 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
f38a2314e5 mlxsw: cmd: Push resource query defines to cmd.h
Push cmd resource query related defines to cmd.h where they belong.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:21:29 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
8e9658d567 mlxsw: reg: Generare register names automatically
Extend the MLXSW_REG_DEFINE macro to store register name in string form.
Use this string later on instead of hard coded string values.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:21:29 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
21978dcfc8 mlxsw: reg: Use helper macro to define registers
Save some code and also prepare to easily carry name in string form.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:21:29 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
412791df39 mlxsw: item: Make char *buf arg constant for getters
Enforce const for getter buf args.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:21:28 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
fe0612dc90 mlxsw: item: Make struct mlxsw_item args const
These should be const, so enforce it.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-23 17:21:28 -04:00
Manish Chopra
fabd545c6d qede: Fix incorrrect usage of APIs for un-mapping DMA memory
Driver uses incorrect APIs to unmap DMA memory which were
mapped using dma_map_single(). This patch fixes it to use
appropriate APIs for un-mapping DMA memory.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:07 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
15c6de2c65 qed: Zero-out the buffer paased to dcbx_query() API
qed_dcbx_query_params() implementation populate the values to input
buffer based on the dcbx mode and, the current negotiated state/params,
the caller of this API need to memset the buffer to zero.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:07 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
ed0dd91515 qede: Reconfigure rss indirection direction table when rss count is updated
Rx indirection table entries are in the range [0, (rss_count - 1)]. If
user reduces the rss count, the table entries may not be in the ccorrect
range. Need to reconfigure the table with new rss_count as a basis.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:07 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
0e19182738 qed*: Reduce the memory footprint for Rx path
With the current default values for Rx path i.e., 8 queues of 8Kb entries
each with 4Kb size, interface will consume 256Mb for Rx. The default values
causing the driver probe to fail when the system memory is low. Based on
the perforamnce results, rx-ring count value of 1Kb gives the comparable
performance with Rx coalesce timeout of 12 seconds. Updating the default
values.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:07 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
837d4eb6ed qede: Loopback implementation should ignore the normal traffic
During the execution of loopback test, driver may receive the packets which
are not originated by this test, loopback implementation need to skip those
packets.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:07 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
ba300ce351 qede: Do not allow RSS config for 100G devices
RSS configuration is not supported for 100G adapters.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:06 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
bdc8cbd34d qede: get_channels() need to populate max tx/rx coalesce values
Recent changes in kernel ethtool implementation requires the driver
callback for get_channels() has to populate the values for max tx/rx
coalesce fields.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-22 17:08:06 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
d894be57ca ethernet: use net core MTU range checking in more drivers
Somehow, I missed a healthy number of ethernet drivers in the last pass.
Most of these drivers either were in need of an updated max_mtu to make
jumbo frames possible to enable again. In a few cases, also setting a
different min_mtu to match previous lower bounds. There are also a few
drivers that had no upper bounds checking, so they're getting a brand new
ETH_MAX_MTU that is identical to IP_MAX_MTU, but accessible by includes
all ethernet and ethernet-like drivers all have already.

acenic:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000

amazon/ena:
- min_mtu = 128, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu

amd/xgbe:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000

sb1250:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 1518

cxgb3:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535

cxgb4:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 9600

cxgb4vf:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535

benet:
- min_mtu = 256, max_mtu = 9000

ibmveth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535

ibmvnic:
- min_mtu = adapter->min_mtu, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
- remove now redundant ibmvnic_change_mtu

jme:
- min_mtu = 1280, max_mtu = 9202

mv643xx_eth:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9500

mlxsw:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
- Basically bypassing the core checks, and instead relying on dynamic
  checks in the respective switch drivers' ndo_change_mtu functions

ns83820:
- min_mtu = 0
- remove redundant ns83820_change_mtu, only checked for mtu > 1500

netxen:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 8000 (P2), max_mtu = 9600 (P3)

qlge:
- min_mtu = 1500, max_mtu = 9000
- driver only supports setting mtu to 1500 or 9000, so the core check only
  rules out < 1500 and > 9000, qlge_change_mtu still needs to check that
  the value is 1500 or 9000

qualcomm/emac:
- min_mtu = 46, max_mtu = 9194

xilinx_axienet:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9000

Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
CC: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@annapurnalabs.com>
CC: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
CC: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
CC: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
CC: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
CC: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
CC: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
CC: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
CC: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
CC: Anirudha Sarangi <anirudh@xilinx.com>
CC: John Linn <John.Linn@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 14:51:08 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
1a61a8f177 myri10ge: fix typo in parameter description
Fix typo in parameter description.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 14:47:53 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
81ad2b7de6 net: ethernet: mediatek: use dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in mtk_start_xmit()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. mtk_start_xmit() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.

This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 14:47:52 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
d80f45ffd8 dwc_eth_qos: use dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in dwceqos_start_xmit()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. dwceqos_start_xmit() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.

This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 14:47:52 -04:00
Uwe Kleine-König
01e5943ac1 net: fec: drop check for clk==NULL before calling clk_*
clk_prepare, clk_enable and their counterparts (at least the common clk
ones, but also most others) do check for the clk being NULL anyhow (and
return 0 then), so there is no gain when the caller checks, too.

Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 14:20:08 -04:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
8be0328e52 stmmac: display the descriptors if DES0 = 0
It makes sense to display the descriptors even if
DES0 is zero. This helps for example in case of it
is needed to dump rx write-back descriptors to get
timestamp status.

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 11:27:25 -04:00
Robert Jarzmik
25c07e2c5e net: smc91x: fix neponset breakage by pxa u16 writes
The patch isolating the u16 writes for pxa assumed all machine_is_*()
calls were removed, and therefore removed the mach-types.h include which
provided them.

Unfortunately 2 machine_is_*() remained in smc91x.c file including
smc91x.h from which the include was removed, triggering the error:
 drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function ‘smc_drv_probe’:
 drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2380:2: error: implicit declaration
 of function ‘machine_is_assabet’
 [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
	if (machine_is_assabet() && machine_has_neponset())

This adds back the wrongly removed include.

Fixes: d09d747ae4 ("net: smc91x: isolate u16 writes alignment workaround")
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 11:20:57 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
164c971d1c mlxsw: pci: Fix reset wait for SwitchX2
SwitchX2 firmware does not implement reset done yet. Moreover, when
busy-polled for ready magic, that slows down firmware and reset takes
longer than the defined timeout, causing initialization to fail.
So restore the previous behaviour and just sleep in this case.

Fixes: 233fa44bd6 ("mlxsw: pci: Implement reset done check")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 11:11:11 -04:00
Elad Raz
7fb6a36bab mlxsw: switchx2: Fix ethernet port initialization
When creating an ethernet port fails, we must move the port to disable,
otherwise putting the port in switch partition 0 (ETH) or 1 (IB) will
always fails.

Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 11:11:11 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
37956d78b8 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Make mlxsw_sp_router_fib4_del return void and remove warn
The function return value is not checked anywhere. Also, the warning
causes huge slowdown when removing large number of FIB entries which
were not offloaded, because of ordering issue. Ido's preparing
a patchset to fix the ordering issue, but that is definitelly not
net tree material.

Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 11:11:11 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
19271c1a08 mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use correct tree index for binding
By a mistake, there is tree index 0 passed to RALTB. Should be
MLXSW_SP_LPM_TREE_MIN.

Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Reported-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 11:11:10 -04:00
Zach Brown
8441bb33be net: macb: Add ethtool get_ringparam and set_ringparam functionality
Some applications want to tune the size of the macb rx/tx ring buffers.
The ethtool set_ringparam function is the standard way of doing it.

Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-19 15:18:20 -04:00
Zach Brown
b410d13e10 net: macb: Use variables with defaults for tx/rx ring sizes instead of hardcoded values
The macb driver hardcoded the tx/rx ring sizes. This made it
impossible to change the sizes at run time.

Add tx_ring_size, and rx_ring_size variables to macb object, which
are initilized with default vales during macb_init. Change all
references to RX_RING_SIZE and TX_RING_SIZE to their respective
replacements.

Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-19 15:18:20 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
0f6e87613c net: arc_emac: use dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in arc_emac_tx()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. arc_emac_tx() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.

This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-19 15:16:24 -04:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
c30a70d3ac stmmac: fix and review the ptp registration.
The commit commit 7086605a6a ("stmmac: fix error check when init ptp")
breaks the procedure added by the
commit efee95f42b ("ptp_clock: future-proofing drivers against PTP
subsystem becoming optional")

So this patch tries to re-import the logic added by the latest
commit above: it makes sense to have the stmmac_ptp_register
as void function and, inside the main, the stmmac_init_ptp can fails
in case of the capability cannot be supported by the HW.

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-19 15:10:30 -04:00
Tobias Klauser
3134e9bdbe net: fs_enet: Use net_device_stats from struct net_device
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in struct
fs_enet_private, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the now
unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-19 10:37:04 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
b4f0fd4baa qed: Use list_move_tail instead of list_del/list_add_tail
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 16:40:41 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
4251e7475d qed: Remove useless set memory to zero use memset()
The memory return by kzalloc() has already be set to zero, so
remove useless memset(0).

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:26:00 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann
ecf244f753 rocker: fix maybe-uninitialized warning
In some rare configurations, we get a warning about the 'index' variable
being used without an initialization:

drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker_ofdpa.c: In function ‘ofdpa_port_fib_ipv4.isra.16.constprop’:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker_ofdpa.c:2425:92: warning: ‘index’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]

This is a false positive, the logic is just a bit too complex for gcc
to follow here. Moving the intialization of 'index' a little further
down makes it clear to gcc that the function always returns an error
if it is not initialized.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:20:36 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann
4b75ca5a7a net: bcm63xx: avoid referencing uninitialized variable
gcc found a reference to an uninitialized variable in the error handling
of bcm_enet_open, introduced by a recent cleanup:

drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c: In function 'bcm_enet_open'
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c:1129:2: warning: 'phydev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]

This makes the use of that variable conditional, so we only reference it
here after it has been used before. Unlike my normal patches, I have not
build-tested this one, as I don't currently have mips test in my
randconfig setup.

Fixes: 625eb8667d ("net: ethernet: broadcom: bcm63xx: use phydev from struct net_device")
Cc: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:20:36 -04:00
Thomas Falcon
87737f8810 ibmvnic: Update MTU after device initialization
It is possible for the MTU to be changed during the initialization
process with the VNIC Server.  Ensure that the net device is updated
to reflect the new MTU.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:17:13 -04:00
Thomas Falcon
12608c260d ibmvnic: Fix GFP_KERNEL allocation in interrupt context
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:17:13 -04:00
Thomas Falcon
9fa2f2cca2 ibmvnic: Driver Version 1.0.1
Increment driver version to reflect features that have
been added since release.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:17:13 -04:00
Robert Jarzmik
9c365f3177 net: smc91x: take into account half-word workaround
For device-tree builds, platforms such as mainstone, idp and stargate2
must have their u16 writes all aligned on 32 bit boundaries. This is
already enabled in platform data builds, and this patch adds it to
device-tree builds.

Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:14:21 -04:00
Robert Jarzmik
d09d747ae4 net: smc91x: isolate u16 writes alignment workaround
Writes to u16 has a special handling on 3 PXA platforms, where the
hardware wiring forces these writes to be u32 aligned.

This patch isolates this handling for PXA platforms as before, but
enables this "workaround" to be set up dynamically, which will be the
case in device-tree build types.

This patch was tested on 2 PXA platforms : mainstone, which relies on
the workaround, and lubbock, which doesn't.

Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:14:21 -04:00
Bert Kenward
cd94e519dc ethernet/sfc: use core min/max MTU checking
Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 14:03:40 -04:00
Zach Brown
0e0f27dd65 skge: Rename LED_OFF and LED_ON in marvel skge driver to avoid conflicts with leds namespace
Adding led support for phy causes namespace conflicts for some
phy drivers.

The marvel skge driver declared an enum for representing the states of
Link LED Register. The enum contained constant LED_OFF which conflicted
with declartation found in linux/leds.h.
LED_OFF changed to LED_REG_OFF
Also changed LED_ON to LED_REG_ON to avoid possible future conflict and
for consistency.

Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:56:30 -04:00
David Ahern
cf2d67408b rocker: Flip to the new dev walk API
Convert rocker to the new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.

v2
- removed typecast of data

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:44:59 -04:00
David Ahern
dd82364c3a mlxsw: Flip to the new dev walk API
Convert mlxsw users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:44:59 -04:00
David Ahern
1cd127fc7d ixgbe: Flip to the new dev walk API
Convert ixgbe users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:44:59 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
44770e1180 ethernet: use core min/max MTU checking
et131x: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 9216

altera_tse: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 1500

amd8111e: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000

bnad: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9000

macb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 10240 depending on hardware capability

xgmac: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9000

cxgb2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9582 (pm3393) or 9600 (vsc7326)

enic: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9000

gianfar: min_mtu 50, max_mu 9586

hns_enet: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9578 (v1) or 9706 (v2)

ksz884x: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 1894

myri10ge: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9000

natsemi: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 2024

nfp: min_mtu 68, max_mtu hardware-specific

forcedeth: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 1500 or 9100, depending on hardware

pch_gbe: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 10300

pasemi_mac: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 9000

qcaspi: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 1500
- remove qcaspi_netdev_change_mtu as it is now redundant

rocker: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9000

sxgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9000

stmmac: min_mtu 46, max_mtu depends on hardware

tehuti: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 16384
- driver had no max mtu checking, but product docs say 16k jumbo packets
  are supported by the hardware

netcp: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9486
- remove netcp_ndo_change_mtu as it is now redundant

via-velocity: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 9000

octeon: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 65370

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
CC: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
CC: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
CC: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
CC: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
CC: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
CC:  Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>
CC: Sujith Sankar <ssujith@cisco.com>
CC: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
CC: Neel Patel <neepatel@cisco.com>
CC: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
CC: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
CC: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
CC: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
CC: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Byungho An <bh74.an@samsung.com>
CC: Girish K S <ks.giri@samsung.com>
CC: Vipul Pandya <vipul.pandya@samsung.com>
CC: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
CC: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:22 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
1281a2c7b8 ethernet/toshiba: use core min/max MTU checking
gelic_net: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 1518
- remove gelic_net_change_mtu now that it is redundant

spidernet: min_Mtu 64, max_mtu 2294
- remove spiter_net_change_mtu now that it is redundant

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
CC: Ishizaki Kou <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:21 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
f58f0817d7 ethernet/tile: use core min/max MTU checking
tilegx: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 9000, depending on modparam
- remove tile_net_change_mtu now that it is fully redundant

tilepro: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- hardware supports jumbo packets up to 10226, but it's not implemented or
  tested yet, according to code comments

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:21 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
3d5d96acfe ethernet/ibm: use core min/max MTU checking
ehea: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9022
- remove ehea_change_mtu, it's now redundant

emac: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 1500 or whatever gets read from OF

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:21 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
109cc16526 ethernet/cavium: use core min/max MTU checking
liquidio: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16000

thunder: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 9200

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
CC: Robert Richter <rric@kernel.org>
CC: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
CC: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
CC: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
CC: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:20 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
18c310fb95 ethernet/neterion: use core min/max MTU checking
s2io: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600

vxge: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:20 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
f7ad72bfce ethernet/dlink: use core min/max MTU checking
dl2k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1536 or 8000, depending on hardware
- Removed change_mtu, does nothing productive anymore

sundance: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 8191

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Denis Kirjanov <kda@linux-powerpc.org>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:20 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
540bfe30dc ethernet/sun: use core min/max MTU checking
cassini: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000

niu: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216

sungem: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 (comments say jumbo mode is broken)

sunvnet: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 65535
- removed sunvnet_change_mut_common as it does nothing now

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:20 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
c7315a95c2 ethernet/realtek: use core min/max MTU checking
8139cp: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 4096

8139too: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1770

r8169: min_mtu 60, max_mtu depends on chipset, 1500 to 9k-ish

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:20 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
caff2a87f6 ethernet/qlogic: use core min/max MTU checking
qede: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Put define for max in qede.h

qlcnic: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:19 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
b80f71f581 ethernet/mellanox: use core min/max MTU checking
mlx4: min_mtu 46, max_mtu depends on hardware

mlx5: min_mtu 68, max_mtu depends on hardware

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
CC: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:19 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
5777987e0f ethernet/marvell: use core min/max MTU checking
mvneta: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9676
- mtu validation routine mostly did range check, merge back into
  mvneta_change_mtu for simplicity

mvpp2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9676
- mtu validation routine mostly did range check, merge back into
  mvpp2_change_mtu for simplicity

pxa168_eth: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9500

skge: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000

sky2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 9000, depending on hw

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:19 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
91c527a556 ethernet/intel: use core min/max MTU checking
e100: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- remove e100_change_mtu entirely, is identical to old eth_change_mtu,
  and no longer serves a purpose. No need to set min_mtu or max_mtu
  explicitly, as ether_setup() will already set them to 68 and 1500.

e1000: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 16110

e1000e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu varies based on adapter

fm10k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 15342
- remove fm10k_change_mtu entirely, does nothing now

i40e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706

i40evf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706

igb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- There are two different "max" frame sizes claimed and both checked in
  the driver, the larger value wasn't relevant though, so I've set max_mtu
  to the smaller of the two values here to retain identical behavior.

igbvf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- Same issue as igb duplicated

ixgb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16114
- Also remove pointless old == new check, as that's done in dev_set_mtu

ixgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9710

ixgbevf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu dependent on hardware/firmware
- Some hw can only handle up to max_mtu 1504 on a vf, others 9710

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:18 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
e1c6dccaf3 ethernet/broadcom: use core min/max MTU checking
tg3: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000/1500

bnxt: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000

bnx2x: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Fix up ETH_OVREHEAD -> ETH_OVERHEAD while we're in here, remove
  duplicated defines from bnx2x_link.c.

bnx2: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9000
- Use more standard ETH_* defines while we're at it.

bcm63xx_enet: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 2028
- compute_hw_mtu was made largely pointless, and thus merged back into
  bcm_enet_change_mtu.

b44: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 1500

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
CC: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:18 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
67bef94280 ethernet/atheros: use core min/max MTU checking
atl2: min_mtu 40, max_mtu 1504

- Remove a few redundant defines that already have equivalents in
  if_ether.h.

atl1: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 10218

atl1e: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 8170

atl1c: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 6122/1500

- GbE hardware gets a max_mtu of 6122, slower hardware gets 1500.

alx: min_mtu 34, max_mtu 9256

- Not so sure that minimum MTU number is really what was intended, but
  that's what the math actually makes it out to be, due to max_frame
  manipulations and comparison in alx_change_mtu, rather than just
  comparing new_mtu. (I think 68 was the intended min_mtu value).

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
CC: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:18 -04:00
Ganesh Goudar
a56177e18f cxgb4: Fix number of queue sets corssing the limit
Do not let number of offload queue sets to go more than
MAX_OFLD_QSETS, which would otherwise crash the driver
on machines with cores more than MAX_OFLD_QSETS.

Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 10:32:39 -04:00
Niklas Cassel
1826277802 dwc_eth_qos: enable flow control by default
Allow autoneg to enable flow control by default.
The behavior when autoneg is off has not changed.

Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jespern@axis.com>
Acked-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 10:29:17 -04:00
Niklas Cassel
902943c0d7 dwc_eth_qos: do not clear pause flags from phy_device->supported
phy_device->supported is originally set by the PHY driver.
The ethernet driver should filter phy_device->supported to only contain
flags supported by the IP.
The IP supports setting rx and tx flow control independently,
therefore SUPPORTED_Pause and SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause should not be cleared.
If the flags are cleared, pause frames cannot be enabled (even if they
are supported by the PHY).

Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jespern@axis.com>
Acked-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 10:29:17 -04:00
Ivan Vecera
6bc80629ee bnx2: fix locking when netconsole is used
Functions bnx2_reg_rd_ind(), bnx2_reg_wr_ind() and bnx2_ctx_wr()
can be called with IRQs disabled when netconsole is enabled. So they
should use spin_{,un}lock_irq{save,restore} instead of _bh variants.

Example call flow:
bnx2_poll()
  ->bnx2_poll_link()
    ->bnx2_phy_int()
      ->bnx2_set_remote_link()
        ->bnx2_shmem_rd()
          ->bnx2_reg_rd_ind()
            -> spin_lock_bh(&bp->indirect_lock);
               spin_unlock_bh(&bp->indirect_lock);
               ...
               -> __local_bh_enable_ip

static inline void __local_bh_enable_ip(unsigned long ip)
      WARN_ON_ONCE(in_irq() || irqs_disabled());   <<<<<< WARN

Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 10:01:51 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
3f3177bb68 fsl/fman: fix error return code in mac_probe()
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.

Fixes: 3933961682 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:16:52 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
ca8eddc275 net: ethernet: nb8800: fix error return code in nb8800_open()
Fix to return error code -ENODEV from the of_phy_connect() error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:12:05 -04:00
Javier Martinez Canillas
af40097e3e net: hisilicon: Fix hns_mdio module autoload for OF registration
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.

Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.

Before this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon//hns_mdio.ko | grep alias
alias:          platform:Hi-HNS_MDIO
alias:          acpi*:HISI0141:*

After this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon//hns_mdio.ko | grep alias
alias:          platform:Hi-HNS_MDIO
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-mdioC*
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-mdio
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,mdioC*
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,mdio
alias:          acpi*:HISI0141:*

Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:03:03 -04:00
Javier Martinez Canillas
7097268509 net: qcom/emac: Fix module autoload for OF registration
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.

Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.

Before this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/qcom-emac.ko | grep alias
alias:          platform:qcom-emac

After this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/qcom-emac.ko | grep alias
alias:          platform:qcom-emac
alias:          of:N*T*Cqcom,fsm9900-emacC*
alias:          of:N*T*Cqcom,fsm9900-emac

Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:03:03 -04:00
Javier Martinez Canillas
a7deb924d3 net: hns: Fix hns_dsaf module autoload for OF registration
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.

Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.

Before this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf.ko | grep alias
alias:          acpi*:HISI00B2:*
alias:          acpi*:HISI00B1:*

After this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf.ko | grep alias
alias:          acpi*:HISI00B2:*
alias:          acpi*:HISI00B1:*
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2C*
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1C*
alias:          of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1

Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:03:02 -04:00
Javier Martinez Canillas
2fa3e317e6 net: ethernet: nb8800: Fix module autoload
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.

Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.

Before this patch:

$ $ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/aurora/nb8800.ko | grep alias
$

After this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/aurora/nb8800.ko | grep alias
alias:          of:N*T*Csigma,smp8734-ethernetC*
alias:          of:N*T*Csigma,smp8734-ethernet
alias:          of:N*T*Csigma,smp8642-ethernetC*
alias:          of:N*T*Csigma,smp8642-ethernet
alias:          of:N*T*Caurora,nb8800C*
alias:          of:N*T*Caurora,nb8800

Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:03:02 -04:00
Javier Martinez Canillas
fc971a2f23 net: nps_enet: Fix module autoload
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.

Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.

Before this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/ezchip/nps_enet.ko | grep alias
$

After this patch:

$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/ezchip/nps_enet.ko | grep alias
alias:          of:N*T*Cezchip,nps-mgt-enetC*
alias:          of:N*T*Cezchip,nps-mgt-enet

Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 13:03:02 -04:00
Colin Ian King
67b11e2ea7 cxgb4: fix memory leak of qe on error exit path
A memory leak of qe occurs when t4_sched_queue_unbind fails,
so fix this by free'ing qe on the error exit path.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 11:24:08 -04:00
Tobias Klauser
a7f7b44bea net: hip04: Remove superfluous ether_setup after alloc_etherdev
There is no need to call ether_setup after alloc_ethdev since it was
already called there.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-17 10:32:35 -04:00
Dan Carpenter
50756ebecf stmmac: fix an error code in stmmac_ptp_register()
PTR_ERR(NULL) is success.  We have to preserve the error code earlier.

Fixes: 7086605a6a ("stmmac: fix error check when init ptp")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-15 17:35:30 -04:00
Timur Tabi
93966b715b net: qcom/emac: disable interrupts before calling phy_disconnect
There is a race condition that can occur if EMAC interrupts are
enabled when phy_disconnect() is called.  phy_disconnect() sets
adjust_link to NULL.  When an interrupt occurs, the ISR might
call phy_mac_interrupt(), which wakes up the workqueue function
phy_state_machine().  This function might reference adjust_link,
thereby causing a null pointer exception.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-15 17:34:43 -04:00
Ard Biesheuvel
f007643613 r8169: set coherent DMA mask as well as streaming DMA mask
PCI devices that are 64-bit DMA capable should set the coherent
DMA mask as well as the streaming DMA mask. On some architectures,
these are managed separately, and so the coherent DMA mask will be
left at its default value of 32 if it is not set explicitly. This
results in errors such as

     r8169 Gigabit Ethernet driver 2.3LK-NAPI loaded
     hwdev DMA mask = 0x00000000ffffffff, dev_addr = 0x00000080fbfff000
     swiotlb: coherent allocation failed for device 0000:02:00.0 size=4096
     CPU: 0 PID: 1062 Comm: systemd-udevd Not tainted 4.8.0+ #35
     Hardware name: AMD Seattle/Seattle, BIOS 10:53:24 Oct 13 2016

on systems without memory that is 32-bit addressable by PCI devices.

Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-15 17:29:38 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
ac9ef8cd07 Merge of the qedr RoCE driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJYATXdAAoJELgmozMOVy/dn48P/2lBCAR7pJMU5AC4s1VZsYHr
 A7ep5qpkmD5qGnnHNjLA2TIK/8lCy80ACt/HbV7588TxyZYpa+wIaQAdIyuUfUyS
 HVdMTLMqdfYOdnPHNDiKKhdvw8Ty8gGlHsnxay32+m3WJtCPxsRObrciJO984lIk
 DXKBsYuOQST5Df/1eHWSCPVUn5jHW4bKh7jPM1cs7CtFZ2bJHJQrKECm0SoKvj+3
 3BNCg2gVRXeGwfX4KoSYf87nMJCCXBlNzBsqyVPjsB5teJjjk9mXV5y6qsHps9Hu
 JrMjMPlvRzkUil8ZP5RiPHx29IlZypwudpswqM9cw6mxfsvvORYtYBD3BVC6Vt4A
 WPVXGkx/sEO9XgbasuUJEL0ui4I3UR+lLP8MwefMiPteJ/lGdM/vydS9t57hvk9s
 JeL/ep0Us70VX0VSEkc62RvYbKPcRk4qonF8liRq7nit3l45vL5YLvbTQeqe7pbI
 CN0lBn83K9Z4GGwPqDzbD3pwiZ2wFV4VvrWXqOeyexT/kNi1iJlQcfNHJcUiI9vg
 mkzxWvvWY+KieunrJQGWEQPkuD7fpFF77KFkIYSFVfkHBrSjc+n5a3lAY/xT8k6D
 rixIl9ZhA8dMjkCzh0xqGHgEoldh4rO1ctpaTDLg3HsNkedctDEpyx4HFMhiXE2w
 INAqVa/uOUC0a/uPlcWr
 =Oifo
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma

Pull rdma qedr RoCE driver from Doug Ledford:
 "Early on in the merge window I mentioned I had a backlog of new
  drivers waiting to be reviewed and that, in addition to the hns-roce
  driver, I wanted to get possible a couple more reviewed. I ended up
  only having the time to complete one of the additional drivers.

  During Dave Miller's pull request this go around, there were a series
  of 9 patches to the QLogic qed net driver that add basic support for a
  paired RoCE driver. That support is currently not functional because
  it is missing the matching RoCE driver in the RDMA subsystem. I
  managed to finish that review. However, because it goes against part
  of Dave's net pull, and a part that was accepted a day or two after
  the merge window opened, to apply cleanly it has to be applied to
  either the tip of Dave's net branch, or as I did in this case, I just
  applied it to your master after you had taken Dave's pull request."

* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma:
  qedr: Add events support and register IB device
  qedr: Add GSI support
  qedr: Add LL2 RoCE interface
  qedr: Add support for data path
  qedr: Add support for memory registeration verbs
  qedr: Add support for QP verbs
  qedr: Add support for PD,PKEY and CQ verbs
  qedr: Add support for user context verbs
  qedr: Add support for RoCE HW init
  qedr: Add RoCE driver framework
2016-10-14 13:43:08 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
b292fb80bb Updates to the hns drivers
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
 - Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
 - Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJYATZdAAoJELgmozMOVy/d1+4P/2UhXiXx7strrr5vYtFAdbdX
 9j4jPbmnXgc4hFV1EET7UScdUwYW6iuoYCYa5sJUj6dcux2Ph/pYfPbE4Civld67
 xMEISaI86GcEbFy3yqZ0vhDegyReb6wUDguzht1IHKqFwl5uvXBPJhZ0vmY4ZKXd
 mVKNLH4FTMbqf4rGO64AmUyN7QIlLE17zO3Nolha6mytRj7RoYHEjP8RbZPTeN5J
 58QpZjomO0uz1dvxRWwRBw2eEYgXMxKa3s4W8vYYcGimoKinzbqAHhrWOm0+klHA
 Nd3AFqEVDTxYxqZYSBLvhvCT4d9/vgb/Tsf+IB07qVDoM6iv2W2WM17xq9w7vitv
 4w7tClX9cvAWX35k3TAhQBkN2QJhaWY9bK9JwTB/AFxQXM2gG1/2f77hi72jdsR4
 kcptopV/vZSMqjobfoVe5/ac1qUxv7HM+tAN/+9j7qU3TNvn5+R7d+UBDKrbiP1c
 EW5kdffRY3evemdRh/zHfUyuQzr5l/GR4vQ9gLJIBu+ZK3o1d1JNUjKNwwlzOl0r
 BbvYvWJ23Na6FTjpNFOTgc3y7K4zSXlGVeHObtqg0ejlWsCU9xu+MMay9tRLy2LI
 CQxr81WQbMvcEnfad2yqSUuFAAhut85Q3qYERPGDy78aiF+gNNDZLitwmjU3Q9q8
 F7apPH39H41lEzOLfsMr
 =PmmI
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma

Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
 "This merge window was the first where Huawei had to try and coordinate
  their patches between their net driver and their new roce driver
  (similar to mlx4 and mlx5).

  They didn't do horribly, but there were some issues (and we knew that
  because they simply didn't know what to do in the beginning). As a
  result, I had a set of patches that depended on some patches that
  normally would have come to you via Dave's tree. Those patches have
  been on netdev@ for a while, so I got Dave to give me his approval to
  send them to you. As such, the other 29 patches I had behind them are
  also now ready to go.

  This catches the hns and hns-roce drivers up to current, and for
  future patches we are working with them to get them up to speed on how
  to do joint driver development so that they don't have these sorts of
  cross tree dependency issues again. BTW, Dave gave me permission to
  add his Acked-by: to the patches against the net tree, but I've had
  this branch through 0day (but not linux-next since it was off by
  itself) and I didn't want to rebase the series just to add Dave's ack
  for the 8 patches in the net area.

  Updates to the hns drivers:

   - Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on

   - Various fixes to the hns-roce driver

   - Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver"

* tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (36 commits)
  IB/hns: Fix for removal of redundant code
  IB/hns: Delete the redundant lines in hns_roce_v1_m_qp()
  IB/hns: Fix the bug when platform_get_resource() exec fail
  IB/hns: Update the rq head when modify qp state
  IB/hns: Cq has not been freed
  IB/hns: Validate mtu when modified qp
  IB/hns: Some items of qpc need to take user param
  IB/hns: The Ack timeout need a lower limit value
  IB/hns: Return bad wr while post send failed
  IB/hns: Fix bug of memory leakage for registering user mr
  IB/hns: Modify the init of iboe lock
  IB/hns: Optimize code of aeq and ceq interrupt handle and fix the bug of qpn
  IB/hns: Delete the sqp_start from the structure hns_roce_caps
  IB/hns: Fix bug of clear hem
  IB/hns: Remove unused parameter named qp_type
  IB/hns: Simplify function of pd alloc and qp alloc
  IB/hns: Fix bug of using uninit refcount and free
  IB/hns: Remove parameters of resize cq
  IB/hns: Remove unused parameters in some functions
  IB/hns: Add node_guid definition to the bindings document
  ...
2016-10-14 13:35:05 -07:00
Ram Amrani
2e0cbc4dd0 qedr: Add RoCE driver framework
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qed* RoCE driver -
basically the ability to communicate with the qede driver and
receive notifications from it regarding various init/exit events.

Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2016-10-14 15:00:10 -04:00
Manish Chopra
d5df7688b6 qed: Fix possible race when reading firmware return code.
While handling SPQ ramrod completion, there is a possible race
where driver might not read updated fw return code based on
ramrod completion done. This patch ensures that fw return code
is written first and then completion done flag is updated
using appropriate memory barriers.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:59 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
7eff82b0fc qed: Handle malicious VFs events
Malicious VFs might be caught in several different methods:
  - Misusing their bar permission and being blocked by hardware.
  - Misusing their fastpath logic and being blocked by firmware.
  - Misusing their interaction with their PF via hw-channel,
    and being blocked by PF driver.

On the first two items, firmware would indicate to driver that
the VF is to be considered malicious, but would sometime still
allow the VF to communicate with the PF [depending on the exact
nature of the malicious activity done by the VF].
The current existing logic on the PF side lacks handling of such events,
and might allow the PF to perform some incorrect configuration on behalf
of a VF that was previously indicated as malicious.

The new scheme is simple -
Once the PF determines a VF is malicious it would:
 a. Ignore any further requests on behalf of the VF-driver.
 b. Prevent any configurations initiated by the hyperuser for
    the malicious VF, as firmware isn't willing to serve such.

The malicious indication would be cleared upon the VF flr,
after which it would become usable once again.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:59 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
c59f5291fd qed: Allow chance for fast ramrod completions
Whenever a ramrod is being sent for some device configuration,
the driver is going to sleep at least 5ms between each iteration
of polling on the completion of the ramrod.

However, in almost every configuration scenario the firmware
would be able to comply and complete the ramrod in a manner of
several usecs. This is especially important in cases where there
might be a lot of sequential configurations applying to the hardware
[e.g., RoCE], in which case the existing scheme might cause some
visible user delays.

This patch changes the completion scheme - instead of immediately
starting to sleep for a 'long' period, allow the device to quickly
poll on the first iteration after a couple of usecs.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:58 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
7b7e70f979 qed*: Allow unicast filtering
Apparently qede fails to set IFF_UNICAST_FLT, and as a result is not
actually performing unicast MAC filtering.
While we're at it - relax a hard-coded limitation that limits each
interface into using at most 15 unicast MAC addresses before turning
promiscuous. Instead utilize the HW resources to their limit.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:58 -04:00
Manish Chopra
256958538a qede: Prevent GSO on long Geneve headers
Due to hardware limitation, when transmitting a geneve-encapsulated
packet with more than 32 bytes worth of geneve options the hardware
would not be able to crack the packet and consider it a regular UDP
packet.

This implements the ndo_features_check() in qede in order to prevent
GSO on said transmitted packets.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:58 -04:00
Manish Chopra
a150241ccf qede: GSO support for tunnels with outer csum
This patch adds GSO support for GRE and UDP tunnels
where outer checksums are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:58 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
c3aaa40384 qed: Pass MAC hints to VFs
Some hypervisors can support MAC hints to their VFs.
Even though we don't have such a hypervisor API in linux, we add
sufficient logic for the VF to be able to receive such hints and
set the mac accordingly - as long as the VF has not been set with
a MAC already.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:59:57 -04:00
Brenden Blanco
958b3d396d net/mlx4_en: fixup xdp tx irq to match rx
In cases where the number of tx rings is not a multiple of the number of
rx rings, the tx completion event will be handled on a different core
from the transmit and population of the ring. Races on the ring will
lead to a double-free of the page, and possibly other corruption.

The rings are initialized by default with a valid multiple of rings,
based on the number of cpus, therefore an invalid configuration requires
ethtool to change the ring layout. For instance 'ethtool -L eth0 rx 9 tx
8' will cause packets received on rx0, and XDP_TX'd to tx48, to be
completed on cpu3 (48 % 9 == 3).

Resolve this discrepancy by shifting the irq for the xdp tx queues to
start again from 0, modulo rx_ring_num.

Fixes: 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:13:00 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
8c93beaf57 qed: Additional work toward cleaning C=1
This cleans many of the warnings that would arise in qed as a
result of compilations with C=1; Most of those are the addition
of missing 'static' to functions, although there are several other
fixes as well.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:07:22 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
0189efb8f4 qed*: Fix Kconfig dependencies with INFINIBAND_QEDR
The qedr driver would require a tristate Kconfig option [to allow
it to compile as a module], and toward that end we've added the
INFINIBAND_QEDR option. But as we've made the compilation of the
qed/qede infrastructure required for RoCE dependent on the option
we'd be facing linking difficulties in case that QED=y or QEDE=y,
and INFINIBAND_QEDR=m.

To resolve this, we seperate between the INFINIBAND_QEDR option
and the infrastructure support in qed/qede by introducing a new
QED_RDMA option which would be selected by INFINIBAND_QEDR but would
be a boolean instead of a tristate; Following that, the qed/qede is
fixed based on this new option so that all config combinations would
be supported.

Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: add qedr framework")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:07:22 -04:00
Yuval Mintz
ce6b04ee8b qed: Fix static checker warning.
Smatch compains about qed_roce_ll2_tx() dereference
of the 'cdev' variable while testing its validity later.
As the validation checking is an over-kill [variable would always
be set], simply remove it.

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 11:07:22 -04:00
Shmulik Ladkani
5724b8b569 net/sched: tc_mirred: Rename public predicates 'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' and 'is_tcf_mirred_mirror'
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.

'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.

As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
  s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
  s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/

Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 10:23:06 -04:00
David S. Miller
8eed1cd4cd Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2016-10-14 10:00:27 -04:00
Tobias Klauser
5852e93d4b net: axienet: Remove unused parameter from __axienet_device_reset
The dev parameter passed to __axienet_device_reset() is not used inside
the function, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 12:15:28 -04:00
Dan Carpenter
10f6c4d6ab liquidio: CN23XX: fix a loop timeout
This is supposed to loop 1000 times and then give up.  The problem is
it's a post-op and after the loop we test if "loop" is zero when really
it would be -1.  Fix this by making it a pre-op.

Fixes: 1b7c55c453 ("liquidio: CN23XX queue manipulation")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 12:12:50 -04:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
7086605a6a stmmac: fix error check when init ptp
This patch fixes a problem when propagated the
failure of ptp_clock_register to open function.

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 11:00:51 -04:00
Giuseppe CAVALLARO
be9b3174c4 stmmac: fix ptp init for gmac4
The gmac 4.x version has not extended descriptors
(that are available on 3.x instead of).
While initializing the PTP module, the advanced PTP was
enabled in case of extended descriptors. This cannot be
applied for 4.x version where only the hardware capability
register has to show if the feature is present.
Patch also adds some extra netdev_(debug/inof) to better
dump the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 11:00:50 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann
d4e991313b qed: fix old-style function definition
The definition of qed_get_rdma_ops() is not a prototype unless
we add 'void' here, as indicated by this W=1 warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c: In function ‘qed_get_rdma_ops’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:2950:28: error: old-style function definition [-Werror=old-style-definition]

Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 10:52:55 -04:00
Tom Herbert
b8a4ddb2e8 net/mlx5: Add MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 to fix BUILD_BUG_ON
I am hitting this in mlx5:

drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function
reclaim_pages_cmd.clone.0:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:346: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_346 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_out, pas[i]) % 64
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function give_pages:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:291: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_291 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_in, pas[i]) % 64

Problem is that this is doing a BUILD_BUG_ON on a non-constant
expression because of trying to take offset of pas[i] in the
structure.

Fix is to create MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 that takes an additional argument
that is the field index to separate between BUILD_BUG_ON on the array
constant field and the indexed field to assign the value to.
There are two callers of MLX5_SET64 that are trying to get a variable
offset, change those to call MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 passing 'pas' and 'i'
as the arguments to use in the offset check and the indexed value
assignment.

Fixes: a533ed5e17 ("net/mlx5: Pages management commands via mlx5 ifc")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 10:13:24 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
88a2428b83 qed: Fix to use list_for_each_entry_safe() when delete items
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each_entry() macro aptly named
list_for_each_entry_safe().

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 09:57:10 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann
1e09c106a4 tlan: avoid unused label with PCI=n
While build testing with randconfig on x86, I ran into this warning
that appears to have been around forever

drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c: In function ‘tlan_probe1’:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c:614:1: error: label ‘err_out’ defined but not used [-Werror=unused-label]

This can be trivially avoided by just moving the label into the
existing #ifdef.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 09:56:00 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
a52ad514fd net: deprecate eth_change_mtu, remove usage
With centralized MTU checking, there's nothing productive done by
eth_change_mtu that isn't already done in dev_set_mtu, so mark it as
deprecated and remove all usage of it in the kernel. All callers have been
audited for calls to alloc_etherdev* or ether_setup directly, which means
they all have a valid dev->min_mtu and dev->max_mtu. Now eth_change_mtu
prints out a netdev_warn about being deprecated, for the benefit of
out-of-tree drivers that might be utilizing it.

Of note, dvb_net.c actually had dev->mtu = 4096, while using
eth_change_mtu, meaning that if you ever tried changing it's mtu, you
couldn't set it above 1500 anymore. It's now getting dev->max_mtu also set
to 4096 to remedy that.

v2: fix up lantiq_etop, missed breakage due to drive not compiling on x86

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-13 09:36:57 -04:00
Iyappan Subramanian
751d6fd18f drivers: net: xgene: fix: Use GPIO to get link status
The link value reported by the link status register is not
reliable when no SPF module inserted. This patchset fixes this
issue by using GPIO to determine the link status.

Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:53:55 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
86e3a04002 net: ti: netcp_ethss: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:25 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
2479876d46 net: ti: cpsw: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:25 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
1685e785cc net: stmmac: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:25 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
d6d50c7ea4 net: stmmac: use phydev from struct net_device
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:25 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
a54e1612bc net: mv643xx_eth: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:25 -04:00
Philippe Reynes
1e8a655db2 net: mv643xx_eth: use phydev from struct net_device
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:24 -04:00
Masahiro Yamada
97139d4a6f treewide: remove redundant #include <linux/kconfig.h>
Kernel source files need not include <linux/kconfig.h> explicitly
because the top Makefile forces to include it with:

  -include $(srctree)/include/linux/kconfig.h

This commit removes explicit includes except the following:

  * arch/s390/include/asm/facilities_src.h
  * tools/testing/radix-tree/linux/kernel.h

These two are used for host programs.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1473656164-11929-1-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-10-11 15:06:33 -07:00
Petr Mladek
3989144f86 kthread: kthread worker API cleanup
A good practice is to prefix the names of functions by the name
of the subsystem.

The kthread worker API is a mix of classic kthreads and workqueues.  Each
worker has a dedicated kthread.  It runs a generic function that process
queued works.  It is implemented as part of the kthread subsystem.

This patch renames the existing kthread worker API to use
the corresponding name from the workqueues API prefixed by
kthread_:

__init_kthread_worker()		-> __kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_worker()		-> kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_work()		-> kthread_init_work()
insert_kthread_work()		-> kthread_insert_work()
queue_kthread_work()		-> kthread_queue_work()
flush_kthread_work()		-> kthread_flush_work()
flush_kthread_worker()		-> kthread_flush_worker()

Note that the names of DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK*() macros stay
as they are. It is common that the "DEFINE_" prefix has
precedence over the subsystem names.

Note that INIT() macros and init() functions use different
naming scheme. There is no good solution. There are several
reasons for this solution:

  + "init" in the function names stands for the verb "initialize"
    aka "initialize worker". While "INIT" in the macro names
    stands for the noun "INITIALIZER" aka "worker initializer".

  + INIT() macros are used only in DEFINE() macros

  + init() functions are used close to the other kthread()
    functions. It looks much better if all the functions
    use the same scheme.

  + There will be also kthread_destroy_worker() that will
    be used close to kthread_cancel_work(). It is related
    to the init() function. Again it looks better if all
    functions use the same naming scheme.

  + there are several precedents for such init() function
    names, e.g. amd_iommu_init_device(), free_area_init_node(),
    jump_label_init_type(),  regmap_init_mmio_clk(),

  + It is not an argument but it was inconsistent even before.

[arnd@arndb.de: fix linux-next merge conflict]
 Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160908135724.1311726-1-arnd@arndb.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1470754545-17632-3-git-send-email-pmladek@suse.com
Suggested-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-10-11 15:06:33 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
6b5e09a748 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Netfilter list handling fix, from Linus.

 2) RXRPC/AFS bug fixes from David Howells (oops on call to serviceless
    endpoints, build warnings, missing notifications, etc.) From David
    Howells.

 3) Kernel log message missing newlines, from Colin Ian King.

 4) Don't enter direct reclaim in netlink dumps, the idea is to use a
    high order allocation first and fallback quickly to a 0-order
    allocation if such a high-order one cannot be done cheaply and
    without reclaim. From Eric Dumazet.

 5) Fix firmware download errors in btusb bluetooth driver, from Ethan
    Hsieh.

 6) Missing Kconfig deps for QCOM_EMAC, from Geert Uytterhoeven.

 7) Fix MDIO_XGENE dup Kconfig entry. From Laura Abbott.

 8) Constrain ipv6 rtr_solicits sysctl values properly, from Maciej
    Żenczykowski.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (65 commits)
  netfilter: Fix slab corruption.
  be2net: Enable VF link state setting for BE3
  be2net: Fix TX stats for TSO packets
  be2net: Update Copyright string in be_hw.h
  be2net: NCSI FW section should be properly updated with ethtool for BE3
  be2net: Provide an alternate way to read pf_num for BEx chips
  wan/fsl_ucc_hdlc: Fix size used in dma_free_coherent()
  net: macb: NULL out phydev after removing mdio bus
  xen-netback: make sure that hashes are not send to unaware frontends
  Fixing a bug in team driver due to incorrect 'unsigned int' to 'int' conversion
  MAINTAINERS: add myself as a maintainer of xen-netback
  ipv6 addrconf: disallow rtr_solicits < -1
  Bluetooth: btusb: Fix atheros firmware download error
  drivers: net: phy: Correct duplicate MDIO_XGENE entry
  ethernet: qualcomm: QCOM_EMAC should depend on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM
  net: ethernet: mediatek: remove hwlro property in the device tree
  net: ethernet: mediatek: get hw lro capability by the chip id instead of by the dtsi
  net: ethernet: mediatek: get the chip id by ETHDMASYS registers
  net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check
  netlink: do not enter direct reclaim from netlink_dump()
  ...
2016-10-11 08:10:19 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
b9044ac829 Merge of primary rdma-core code for 4.9
- Updates to mlx5
 - Updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
 - Updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve, proper
   resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in Linus'
   tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into cxgb4_uld.c)
 - Improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI area)
 - Add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
 - Conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
   create_singlethread_workqueue
 - Security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
   staging)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJX+AwSAAoJELgmozMOVy/d0WkQAKxPzVccMWwHv28iZI4ey13u
 JwE+VoCNpCAZAVuEgzK5zzFdNHPvAk2jU93H4apA7dfXJBXPatVuj9Lnk+ieEEnW
 tbFwJjBpbQ3Zol3+SPfAHnsVMbtax+xmd6WDKExPXXEDl1L6rutwL3KKfmgWEitg
 ysX7XOJCiSdyM0hcg4T6UPB9a3jGPff9NLu0oGamV+yoUk5Y0WGoVFxHZ4MKcw8t
 OkFBYIxGz4SGwq2tulStuH03HteURX594KngtrA8dyq6l1R2GlGRv+bkJAUEIWUv
 aA0ow3VWusOM6fT+jLXPCv8iUwIXM8tR/U6F7X+cmORUUtWvCl+uCUVid113j/aN
 BK+Af2nJnfoJ5cDBPsD+bC76l5gQycNZO/Qh8op2kmgJtD+6OpGM3cBXsHx53+kk
 0wloJ2lKCGShWxNj+ig8n8rR/rhhs/x3vV3ouCVWNMbOUgOSN3eYHxmK3wGFW4nd
 Qx+WYCjj9Yi/J6nmUDcfEQ4NWPR22Q2+0ENAabfhLhV6mDloAO5ILHd4GDqC3IA9
 UtxlVjf4ZonaiLnTQQzCnDMGVVk6tT8FJ9D42s0ScwjbdYwjyCW9/rs/g2EhcprR
 Cc+AmjqLviCWGtzBSFO0SijqQon8lcQOwdLw61CdFFvPa/mlLdf1rbx9ArIyNVKn
 JSrbr3CGyoqyYj6qaEO5
 =LC+S
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma

Pull main rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
 "This is the main pull request for the rdma stack this release.  The
  code has been through 0day and I had it tagged for linux-next testing
  for a couple days.

  Summary:

   - updates to mlx5

   - updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)

   - updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve,
     proper resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in
     Linus' tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into
     cxgb4_uld.c)

   - improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI
     area)

   - add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support

   - conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
     create_singlethread_workqueue

   - security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
     staging)"

* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (75 commits)
  staging/lustre: Disable InfiniBand support
  iw_cxgb4: add fast-path for small REG_MR operations
  cxgb4: advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR
  IB/core: correctly handle rdma_rw_init_mrs() failure
  IB/srp: Fix infinite loop when FMR sg[0].offset != 0
  IB/srp: Remove an unused argument
  IB/core: Improve ib_map_mr_sg() documentation
  IB/mlx4: Fix possible vl/sl field mismatch in LRH header in QP1 packets
  IB/mthca: Move user vendor structures
  IB/nes: Move user vendor structures
  IB/ocrdma: Move user vendor structures
  IB/mlx4: Move user vendor structures
  IB/cxgb4: Move user vendor structures
  IB/cxgb3: Move user vendor structures
  IB/mlx5: Move and decouple user vendor structures
  IB/{core,hw}: Add constant for node_desc
  ipoib: Make ipoib_warn ratelimited
  IB/mlx4/alias_GUID: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
  IB/ipoib_verbs: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
  IB/ipoib: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
  ...
2016-10-09 17:04:33 -07:00
Suresh Reddy
dc6e8511ff be2net: Enable VF link state setting for BE3
The VF link state setting feature now works on BE3 chips too from
FW ver 11.1.192.0 onwards.

Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 09:30:39 -04:00
Sriharsha Basavapatna
f3d6ad8480 be2net: Fix TX stats for TSO packets
TX stats update does not take into account headers which get duplicated
when the TSO packet is split into segments by HW. Fix this for both
tunneled (vxlan) and non-tunneled TSO packets.

Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 09:30:38 -04:00
Sriharsha Basavapatna
77b696cba9 be2net: Update Copyright string in be_hw.h
This patch updates the year and company name in the copyright string
in be_hw.h.

Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 09:30:38 -04:00
Sriharsha Basavapatna
f5ef017e11 be2net: NCSI FW section should be properly updated with ethtool for BE3
The driver has a check to ensure that NCSI FW section is updated only
if the current FW version in the card supports it. This FW version check
is done using memcmp() which obviously fails in some cases. Fix this by
breaking up the version string into integer version components and
comparing them.

Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 09:30:38 -04:00
Sriharsha Basavapatna
6ee080bb09 be2net: Provide an alternate way to read pf_num for BEx chips
The driver gets the pf_num for Skyhawk and Lancer using
GET_FUNC_CONFIG FW command. But since that command is not
supported in BEx, we need to get it from some other command.
Otherwise TPE recovery would fail since all NIC PFs would
end up with a func num of 0. There's a pci function number
field in the response  of GET_CNTL_ATTRIBUTES command that
can be read to get the same info for BEx adapters.

Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 09:30:38 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
c913fc4146 ARM: SoC: late DT updates for v4.9
These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because
 they rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the
 shared header files in sync.
 
 - The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
   automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
   the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been
   merged for v4.9 through the clk tree.
 
 - The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
   drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and
   usb driver changes are required and included here, and also
   the clk tree changes.
 
 - The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their
   clk drivers and the dts file updates must come after that.
   This includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is
   derived from sun5i/A13.
 
 - Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
 
 - A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't
   added until just before the merge window
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIVAwUAV/gzeGCrR//JCVInAQKVhw/5AS5R2S7m7VTlWMvGjvH9ITudYhiAGJP1
 z5nP5SwJsfmSjfvw0kSxGUmsNS3rHutsPMz65EesKqFuC3LPZiqMUqrzxt9iqqJx
 I+XdAxDTnOE1RBZFtB9dL+qLzHQ87pMo6R9dfs32sxb3QuCQBYhcFyLmQDuZuHH0
 yeDi3ARFvgxx/qoRUA7cnSlY5RLNzM44y+Ik/ZcVr4ReqYBC2g5mGi5htoiNSLWR
 nwWR+5hNLAp44OZgkZfNsf6kB9brWDQh3PbnBjy6sKXSBoSVIfxTweh2DMJXbZ7l
 1Ck+S7WyLMhGJp448TcuBykr/l9i3uqNh061XavjwP8CAjAdZ787XlnNSztc2pyh
 dvbI/E76pLGb5ZoFdqlY2Syl63ZFN4K8mjZMSPYfYKf85EDIxe4MYwpbo7/pwzh3
 8OlBwH6r4aUMw+QgE1nx8nsjaCoGDMFdgJeJJaWdriZ6Nst2n5gREk/mzbrAWkNG
 ujChn/6hES9LuE21aCp1ipB7qnnyeRinfqz2acEFxMQxuPdjwKrdJqNsBaTWsapE
 Z+b/BFP+LTdPfHCmMSVwfMrNbwsoY7+L4EXXL36lUgOwcDp0vCXA+PiiahYASewA
 1LDQ3CURCEapdBhVU+06Kb4y5eWU7M7EqpOwpHgRJ92dVxgNxuCfcurvxzqPP1UP
 3O4R7bfUTTg=
 =OmAu
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc

Pull ARM SoC late DT updates from Arnd Bergmann:
 "These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because they
  rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the shared
  header files in sync.

   - The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
     automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
     the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been merged
     for v4.9 through the clk tree.

   - The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
     drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and usb
     driver changes are required and included here, and also the clk
     tree changes.

   - The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their clk
     drivers and the dts file updates must come after that. This
     includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is derived
     from sun5i/A13.

   - Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.

   - A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't added
     until just before the merge window"

* tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (99 commits)
  ARM: dts: lpc32xx: add device node for IRAM on-chip memory
  ARM: dts: sun8i: Add accelerometer to polaroid-mid2407pxe03
  ARM: dts: sun8i: enable UART1 for iNet D978 Rev2 board
  ARM: dts: sun8i: add pinmux for UART1 at PG
  dts: sun8i-h3: add I2C0-2 peripherals to H3 SOC
  dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for I2C0-2
  dts: sun8i-h3: associate exposed UARTs on Orange Pi Boards
  dts: sun8i-h3: split off RTS/CTS for UART1 in seperate pinmux
  dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for UART2-3
  ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Disable EHCI1
  ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
  ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
  ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
  ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
  ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a33-ga10h
  ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2809pxe04
  ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2407pxe03
  ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-inet86dz
  ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-gt90h
  ARM64: dts: meson-gxbb-vega-s95: Enable USB Nodes
  ...
2016-10-07 21:34:49 -07:00
Nathan Sullivan
fa6114d4bd net: macb: NULL out phydev after removing mdio bus
To ensure the dev->phydev pointer is not used after becoming invalid in
mdiobus_unregister, set it to NULL. This happens when removing the macb
driver without first taking its interface down, since unregister_netdev
will end up calling macb_close.

Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Brad Mouring <brad.mouring@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-07 23:55:59 -04:00
Steve Wise
49b53a93a6 iw_cxgb4: add fast-path for small REG_MR operations
When processing a REG_MR work request, if fw supports the
FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR work request, and if the page list for this
registration is <= 2 pages, and the current state of the mr is INVALID,
then use FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR to pass down a fully populated TPTE for FW
to write.  This avoids FW having to do an async read of the TPTE blocking
the SQ until the read completes.

To know if the current MR state is INVALID or not, iw_cxgb4 must track the
state of each fastreg MR.  The c4iw_mr struct state is updated as REG_MR
and LOCAL_INV WRs are posted and completed, when a reg_mr is destroyed,
and when RECV completions are processed that include a local invalidation.

This optimization increases small IO IOPS for both iSER and NVMF.

Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2016-10-07 16:54:40 -04:00
Steve Wise
086de575c1 cxgb4: advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR
Query firmware for the FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_RI_FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR parameter.
If it exists and is 1, then advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR to
the ULDs.

Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2016-10-07 16:54:40 -04:00
Jack Morgenstein
fd10ed8e6f IB/mlx4: Fix possible vl/sl field mismatch in LRH header in QP1 packets
In MLX qp packets, the LRH (built by the driver) has both a VL field
and an SL field. When building a QP1 packet, the VL field should
reflect the SLtoVL mapping and not arbitrarily contain zero (as is
done now). This bug causes credit problems in IB switches at
high rates of QP1 packets.

The fix is to cache the SL to VL mapping in the driver, and look up
the VL mapped to the SL provided in the send request when sending
QP1 packets.

For FW versions which support generating a port_management_config_change
event with subtype sl-to-vl-table-change, the driver uses that event
to update its sl-to-vl mapping cache.  Otherwise, the driver snoops
incoming SMP mads to update the cache.

There remains the case where the FW is running in secure-host mode
(so no QP0 packets are delivered to the driver), and the FW does not
generate the sl2vl mapping change event. To support this case, the
driver updates (via querying the FW) its sl2vl mapping cache when
running in secure-host mode when it receives either a Port Up event
or a client-reregister event (where the port is still up, but there
may have been an opensm failover).
OpenSM modifies the sl2vl mapping before Port Up and Client-reregister
events occur, so if there is a mapping change the driver's cache will
be properly updated.

Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2016-10-07 16:54:38 -04:00
Geert Uytterhoeven
e5e0fbfc4e ethernet: qualcomm: QCOM_EMAC should depend on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM
If NO_DMA=y:

    drivers/built-in.o: In function `emac_probe':
    emac.c:(.text+0x3780b8): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
    emac.c:(.text+0x3780e2): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
    emac.c:(.text+0x378112): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
    emac.c:(.text+0x378146): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
    emac.c:(.text+0x37816e): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
    drivers/built-in.o:emac.c:(.text+0x37819a): more undefined references to `bad_dma_ops' follow

If NO_IOMEM=y:

    drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c: In function ‘emac_remove’:
    drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c:736:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘iounmap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
       iounmap(adpt->phy.digital);
       ^

Add dependencies on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM to fix this.

Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 21:13:03 -04:00
Nelson Chang
983e1a6c95 net: ethernet: mediatek: get hw lro capability by the chip id instead of by the dtsi
Because hw lro started to be supported from MT7623, the proper way to check if
the feature is capable is to judge by the chip id instead of by the dtsi.

Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 21:08:08 -04:00
Nelson Chang
b95b6d99ce net: ethernet: mediatek: get the chip id by ETHDMASYS registers
The driver gets the chip id by ETHSYS_CHIPID0_3/ETHSYS_CHIPID4_7 registers
in mtk_probe().

Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 21:08:07 -04:00
Jon Mason
4af1474e61 net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check
During the conversion to the feature flags, a check against
ci->id != BCMA_CHIP_ID_BCM47162
became
bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS
instead of
!(bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS)

Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 20:55:52 -04:00
Mugunthan V N
0fb26c3063 drivers: net: cpsw-phy-sel: add support to configure rgmii internal delay
Add support to enable CPSW RGMII internal delay (id mode) bits
when rgmii internal delay is configured in phy.

Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 20:45:30 -04:00
Colin Ian King
451e856ef7 net: hns: Add missing \n to end of dev_err messages, tidy up text
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it. Also
fix grammer, spelling mistake and add white spaces to various
error messages.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 20:44:12 -04:00
Colin Ian King
87089dd768 net: ps3_gelic: Add missing \n to end of deb_dbg message
Trival fix, dev_dbg message is missing a \n, so add it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 20:41:16 -04:00
Colin Ian King
68c8182bed net: axienet: Add missing \n to end of dev_err messages
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 20:41:16 -04:00
David S. Miller
00c06ed779 Merge branch 'fman-next' of git://git.freescale.com/ppc/upstream/linux
Madalin Bucur says:

====================
fsl/fman: cleanup and small fixes

This series contains fixes for the DPAA FMan driver.
Adding myself as maintainer of the driver.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-06 20:32:05 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
687ee0ad4e Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:

 1) BBR TCP congestion control, from Neal Cardwell, Yuchung Cheng and
    co. at Google. https://lwn.net/Articles/701165/

 2) Do TCP Small Queues for retransmits, from Eric Dumazet.

 3) Support collect_md mode for all IPV4 and IPV6 tunnels, from Alexei
    Starovoitov.

 4) Allow cls_flower to classify packets in ip tunnels, from Amir Vadai.

 5) Support DSA tagging in older mv88e6xxx switches, from Andrew Lunn.

 6) Support GMAC protocol in iwlwifi mwm, from Ayala Beker.

 7) Support ndo_poll_controller in mlx5, from Calvin Owens.

 8) Move VRF processing to an output hook and allow l3mdev to be
    loopback, from David Ahern.

 9) Support SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets. Also from David Ahern.

10) Congestion control in RXRPC, from David Howells.

11) Support geneve RX offload in ixgbe, from Emil Tantilov.

12) When hitting pressure for new incoming TCP data SKBs, perform a
    partial rathern than a full purge of the OFO queue (which could be
    huge). From Eric Dumazet.

13) Convert XFRM state and policy lookups to RCU, from Florian Westphal.

14) Support RX network flow classification to igb, from Gangfeng Huang.

15) Hardware offloading of eBPF in nfp driver, from Jakub Kicinski.

16) New skbmod packet action, from Jamal Hadi Salim.

17) Remove some inefficiencies in snmp proc output, from Jia He.

18) Add FIB notifications to properly propagate route changes to
    hardware which is doing forwarding offloading. From Jiri Pirko.

19) New dsa driver for qca8xxx chips, from John Crispin.

20) Implement RFC7559 ipv6 router solicitation backoff, from Maciej
    Żenczykowski.

21) Add L3 mode to ipvlan, from Mahesh Bandewar.

22) Support 802.1ad in mlx4, from Moshe Shemesh.

23) Support hardware LRO in mediatek driver, from Nelson Chang.

24) Add TC offloading to mlx5, from Or Gerlitz.

25) Convert various drivers to ethtool ksettings interfaces, from
    Philippe Reynes.

26) TX max rate limiting for cxgb4, from Rahul Lakkireddy.

27) NAPI support for ath10k, from Rajkumar Manoharan.

28) Support XDP in mlx5, from Rana Shahout and Saeed Mahameed.

29) UDP replicast support in TIPC, from Richard Alpe.

30) Per-queue statistics for qed driver, from Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru.

31) Support BQL in thunderx driver, from Sunil Goutham.

32) TSO support in alx driver, from Tobias Regnery.

33) Add stream parser engine and use it in kcm.

34) Support async DHCP replies in ipconfig module, from Uwe
    Kleine-König.

35) DSA port fast aging for mv88e6xxx driver, from Vivien Didelot.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1715 commits)
  mlxsw: switchx2: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
  mlxsw: spectrum: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
  net/faraday: Stop NCSI device on shutdown
  net/ncsi: Introduce ncsi_stop_dev()
  net/ncsi: Rework the channel monitoring
  net/ncsi: Allow to extend NCSI request properties
  net/ncsi: Rework request index allocation
  net/ncsi: Don't probe on the reserved channel ID (0x1f)
  net/ncsi: Introduce NCSI_RESERVED_CHANNEL
  net/ncsi: Avoid unused-value build warning from ia64-linux-gcc
  net: Add netdev all_adj_list refcnt propagation to fix panic
  net: phy: Add Edge-rate driver for Microsemi PHYs.
  vmxnet3: Wake queue from reset work
  i40e: avoid NULL pointer dereference and recursive errors on early PCI error
  qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support
  qed: Add support for memory registeration verbs
  qed: Add support for QP verbs
  qed: PD,PKEY and CQ verb support
  qed: Add support for RoCE hw init
  qede: Add qedr framework
  ...
2016-10-05 10:11:24 -07:00
Yotam Gigi
251d41c58b mlxsw: switchx2: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
In order to specify that the mlxsw switchx2 driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.

This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.

Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-04 20:27:54 -04:00
Yotam Gigi
feb7d387a6 mlxsw: spectrum: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
In order to specify that the mlxsw spectrum driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.

This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.

Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-04 20:27:54 -04:00
Madalin Bucur
07d8aafb3e fsl/fman: remove leftover comment
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 10:08:44 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
0af46590d4 fsl/fman: fix return value checking
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:10 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
73912d51d6 fsl/fman: simplify redundant condition
Change suggested by David Binderman, thanks.

Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:10 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
604104fc54 fsl/fman: check of_get_phy_mode() return value
For unknown compatibles avoid crashing and default to SGMII.

Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:09 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
47256192c6 fsl/fman: check pcsphy pointer before use
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:08 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
44045e45ab fsl/fman: MEMAC may use QSGMII PHY interface mode
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:08 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
73c364e110 fsl/fman: return a phy_dev pointer from init
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:07 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
537a31658f fsl/fman: simplify device tree reads
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:07 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
6fa8519274 fsl/fman: use of_get_phy_mode()
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@freescale.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:06 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
5df6f7fa47 fsl/fman: small fixes
Make module params static, proper NULL checks, remove __iomem label
when misused.

Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@freescale.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:06 +03:00
Igal Liberman
29c4684e76 fsl/fman: fix loadable module compilation
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igal.liberman@freescale.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:05 +03:00
Madalin Bucur
8536aa06f7 fsl/fman: split lines over 80 characters
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
2016-10-04 09:26:05 +03:00
Gavin Shan
2c15f25b29 net/faraday: Stop NCSI device on shutdown
This stops NCSI device when closing the network device so that the
NCSI device can be reenabled later.

Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-04 02:11:51 -04:00
David S. Miller
0438e3c88c Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-02

This series contains updates to fm10k only.

Jake fixes an issue where PTP applications requesting software timestamps
may complain that the requested mode is not supported, so add a generic
callback for those drivers that have software transmit timestamp support
enabled.  Then provides a trivial cleanup where a code was not wrapped
properly.  Got make sure that code looks good in a 80 character limit.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-03 23:28:50 -04:00